Document/ExhibitDescriptionPagesSize 1: 10-K Annual Report HTML 11.66M
2: EX-4.2 Instrument Defining the Rights of Security Holders HTML 73K
3: EX-10.30 Material Contract HTML 1.31M
4: EX-21.1 Subsidiaries List HTML 9K
8: EX-99.1 Miscellaneous Exhibit HTML 12K
5: EX-31.1 Certification -- §302 - SOA'02 HTML 10K
6: EX-31.2 Certification -- §302 - SOA'02 HTML 10K
7: EX-32.1 Certification -- §906 - SOA'02 HTML 9K
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol
Name of each exchange on which registered
None
N/A
N/A
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o No ý
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No ý
Indicate by check mark whether the
registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes ý No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit such files).Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large
accelerated filer o
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company o
Emerging growth company ý
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange
Act. ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes ý No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).Yes o No ý
Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with the
registrant’s 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed subsequent to the date hereof, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. Such proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days following the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.
In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, except as otherwise indicated, the terms:
•“we,”“us,”“our” and “GBDC 3” refer to Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries;
•“GBDC 3 Holdings” refers to GBDC 3 Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or LLC, our direct subsidiary;
•“GBDC
3 Funding” refers to GBDC 3 Funding LLC, a Delaware LLC, our direct subsidiary;
•“GBDC 3 Funding II” refers to GBDC 3 Funding II LLC, a Delaware LLC, our direct subsidiary;
•“2021 CLO Depositor” refers to Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 Depositor LLC, a Delaware LLC, our direct subsidiary;
•“2021 Issuer” refers to Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 LLC, a Delaware LLC, our indirect subsidiary;
•“2022 Issuer” refers to Golub Capital BDC 3 ABS 2022-1 LLC, a Delaware LLC, our indirect subsidiary;
•“GC Advisors” refers to GC Advisors LLC, a Delaware LLC, our investment adviser;
•“Administrator”
refers to Golub Capital LLC, a Delaware LLC, an affiliate of GC Advisors and our administrator;
•“Adviser Revolver” refers to the line of credit, as amended, with GC Advisors, which as of September 30, 2022 allowed for borrowing up to $40.0 million;
•“DB Credit Facility” refers to the senior secured revolving credit facility that GBDC 3 Funding entered into on September 10, 2019, with GBDC 3, as equity holder and as servicer, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as facility agent, the other agents parties thereto, each of the entities from time to time party thereto as securitization subsidiaries and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as collateral agent and as collateral custodian, that as of September 30, 2022, allowed for borrowing up to $750.0 million and that bears interest at a rate of the applicable base rate plus 2.15% per annum through the reinvestment period, which continues through March 10, 2023 and is scheduled to mature on the earliest of (i) three years from the last day of the drawdown period, (ii) the date on which we cease to exist or (iii) the occurrence of an event of default. The base rate under the DB Credit Facility is (i) the three-month Canadian Dollar Offered Rate with respect to any advances denominated in Canadian dollars, (ii) the three-month Euro Interbank Offered Rate or “EURIBOR,” with respect to any advances denominated in Euros, (iii) the three-month Bank Bill Swap Rate with respect to any advances denominated in
Australian dollars, (iv) the daily simple Sterling Overnight Index Average with respect to any advances denominated U.K. pound sterling and (v) the three-month SOFR, with respect to any other advances;
•“SB Revolver” refers to the revolving credit facility, as amended, that we originally entered into on February 4, 2019, with Signature Bank, as administrative agent and a lender, which as of September 30, 2022, allowed for borrowing up to $100.0 million that bears at a rate of one-month SOFR for the applicable base rate plus 1.70% per annum and a spread adjustment of 0.10% or the prime rate minus 1.20% with a stated maturity date of February 4, 2023;
•“2022 Debt Securitization”
refers to the $401.8 million term asset-backed securitization that we completed on January 25, 2022, in which the 2022 Issuer issued an aggregate of $401.8 million of notes, or the “2022 Notes,” including $252.0 million of Class A Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes or the “Secured 2022 Notes”, which bear interest at the three-month SOFR plus 2.00%, and approximately $149.8 million of Subordinated 2022 Notes, or the “Subordinated 2022 Notes,” which do not bear interest;
•“2021 Debt Securitization”
refers to the $398.9 million term debt securitization that we completed on March 11, 2021, in which the 2021 Issuer issued an aggregate of $398.9 million of notes, or the“2021 Notes,” including $224.0 million of AAA Class A 2021 Notes, which bear interest at the three-month LIBOR plus 1.60%, $28.0 million of AA Class B 2021 Notes, which bear interest at the three-month LIBOR plus 1.85%, $36.0 million of A Class C-1 2021 Notes, which bear interest at the three-month LIBOR plus 2.80%, $10.0 million A Class C-2 2021 Notes, which bear interest at 3.91%, up to $28.0 million of BBB- Class D 2021 Notes, which were unfunded on the closing date of the 2021 Debt Securitization and which, if funded, will bear interest at the three-month LIBOR plus a spread set in connection with the funding date but which in no event will be greater than 5.00%, and approximately $100.9 million of Subordinated 2021 Notes, which do not bear
interest;
•“Investment Advisory Agreement” refers to the advisory agreement by and between us and GC Advisors, dated as of September 29, 2017; and
•“Golub Capital” refers, collectively, to the activities and operations of Golub Capital LLC (formerly Golub Capital Management LLC), which entity employs all of Golub Capital’s investment professionals, GC Advisors and associated investment funds and their respective affiliates.
We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we have elected to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.
We were formed in August 2017 to make investments and generate current income and capital appreciation by
investing primarily in one stop loans (a loan that combines characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured loans and second lien or subordinated loans that are often referred to by other middle market lenders as unitranche loans) and other senior secured loans of U.S. middle-market companies that are, in most cases, sponsored by private equity firms. GC Advisors structures these one stop loans as senior secured loans, and we obtain security interests in the assets of the portfolio company that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. This collateral often takes the form of first-priority liens on the assets of the portfolio company. In many cases, we are the sole lender, or we together with our affiliates, are the sole lenders of one stop loans, which can afford us additional influence over the borrower in terms of monitoring and, if necessary, remediating any underperformance.
In
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the term “middle-market” generally refers to companies having earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, of less than $100.0 million annually.
Our investment objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation by investing primarily in senior secured and one stop loans of U.S. middle-market companies. We also selectively invest in second lien and subordinated (a loan that ranks senior only to a borrower's equity securities and ranks junior to all of such borrower's other indebtedness in priority of payment) loans of, and warrants and minority equity securities in, middle-market companies. We intend to achieve our investment objective by (1) accessing the established loan origination channels developed by Golub Capital, a leading lender to middle-market companies that had over $55.0 billion of capital under management as of
July 1, 2022, (2) selecting investments within our core middle-market company focus, (3) partnering with experienced private equity firms, or sponsors, in many cases with whom Golub Capital has invested alongside in the past, (4) implementing the disciplined underwriting standards of Golub Capital and (5) drawing upon the aggregate experience and resources of Golub Capital.
We commenced operations on October 2, 2017. We have sold and continue to offer and sell shares of our common stock in private placement transactions pursuant to certain exemptions of Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act and the laws of the states and jurisdictions where any offering is made.
We seek to create a portfolio that includes
primarily senior secured and one stop loans by primarily investing approximately $5.0 million to $30.0 million of capital, on average, in the securities of U.S. middle-market companies. We expect to selectively invest more than $30.0 million in some of our portfolio companies and generally expect that the size of our individual investments will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base.
We generally invest in securities that have been rated below investment grade by independent rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. These securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. In addition, many of our debt investments have floating interest rates that reset on a periodic basis and typically do not fully pay down principal
prior to maturity, which could increase our risk of losing part or all of our investment.
Information Available
Our address is 200 Park Avenue, 25th Floor, New York, NY10166 and our phone number is (212) 750-6060.
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, maintains a website that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with the SEC at www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy
and information statements and other information may also be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov.
Our Adviser
Our investment activities are managed by our investment adviser, GC Advisors. GC Advisors
is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. GC Advisors was organized in September 2008 and is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act. Under our Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay GC Advisors a base management fee and an incentive fee for its services. See “Business - Management Agreements - Management Fee” for a discussion of the base management fee and incentive fee, including the cumulative incentive fee and the capital gains incentive fee payable by us to GC Advisors. Unlike most closed-end funds whose fees are based on assets net of leverage, our base management fee is based on our average-adjusted gross assets (including leverage but adjusted to exclude cash
and cash equivalents so that investors do not pay the base management fee on such assets), and, therefore, GC Advisors benefits when we incur debt or use leverage. For purposes of the Investment Advisory Agreement, cash equivalents means U.S. government securities and commercial paper instruments maturing within 270 days of purchase. Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, GC Advisors benefits when capital gains are recognized and, because it determines when a holding is sold, GC Advisors controls the timing of the recognition of capital gains. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how GC Advisors addresses these and other conflicts of interest associated with its management services and compensation. While not expected to review or approve each borrowing, our independent directors periodically review GC Advisors’ services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with
these reviews, our independent directors consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. See “Business - Management Agreements - Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement.”
GC Advisors is an affiliate of Golub Capital and pursuant to a staffing agreement, or the Staffing Agreement, Golub Capital LLC makes experienced investment professionals available to GC Advisors and provides access to the senior investment personnel of Golub Capital LLC and its affiliates. The Staffing Agreement provides GC Advisors with access to deal flow generated by Golub Capital LLC and its affiliates in the ordinary course of their businesses and commits the members of GC Advisors’ investment committee to serve in that capacity. As our investment adviser, GC Advisors is obligated to allocate investment opportunities among us and its other clients fairly
and equitably over time in accordance with its allocation policy. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Related Party Transactions.” However, there can be no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. GC Advisors seeks to capitalize on the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of Golub Capital LLC’s investment professionals.
Our Administrator
Golub Capital LLC, our Administrator and an affiliate of GC Advisors, provides the administrative services necessary for us to operate. See “Business - Management Agreements - Administration Agreement” for a discussion of the fees and expenses (subject to
the review and approval of our independent directors) we are required to reimburse to the Administrator.
About Golub Capital
Golub Capital, founded in 1994, is a leading lender to middle-market companies, with a long track record of investing in senior secured, one stop, second lien and subordinated loans. As of July 1, 2022, Golub Capital had over $55.0 billion of capital under management. Since its inception, Golub Capital has closed deals with over
360 middle-market sponsors and repeat transactions with over 250 sponsors.
Golub Capital’s middle-market lending group is managed by an eight-member senior management team consisting of Lawrence
E. Golub, David B. Golub, Andrew H. Steuerman, Gregory W. Cashman, Spyro G. Alexopoulos, Marc C. Robinson, Robert G. Tuchscherer and Jason J. Van Dussen. As of September 30, 2022, Golub Capital had more
than 170 investment professionals supported by more than 530 administrative and back office personnel that focus on operations, finance, legal and compliance, accounting and reporting, marketing, information technology and office management.
Market
Trends
We have identified the following trends that may affect our business:
Target Market. We believe that small and middle market companies in the United States with annual revenues between $10 million and $2.5 billion represent a significant growth segment of the U.S. economy and often require substantial capital investments to grow. Middle market companies have generated a significant number of investment opportunities for investment funds managed or advised by Golub Capital, and we believe that this market segment will continue to produce significant investment opportunities for us. We continue to focus our portfolio on borrowers in what we believe are recession resistant industries that are insulated from the effects of COVID-19.
Specialized Lending Requirements. We
believe that several factors render many U.S. financial institutions ill-suited to lend to U.S. middle market companies. For example, based on the experience of our management team, lending to U.S. middle market companies (1) is generally more labor intensive than lending to larger companies due to the smaller size of each investment and the fragmented nature of information for such companies, (2) requires due diligence and underwriting practices consistent with the demands and economic limitations of the middle market and (3) also requires more extensive ongoing monitoring by the lender.
Demand for Debt Capital. We believe there is a large pool of committed but uninvested private equity capital for middle market companies. We expect private equity firms will seek to leverage their investments by combining equity capital with senior secured loans and subordinated debt from other sources,
such as us.
Competition from Bank Lenders. We believe that many traditional bank lenders to middle market businesses have either exited or de-emphasized their service and product offerings in the middle market. These traditional lenders have instead focused on lending and providing other services to large corporate clients. We believe this has resulted in fewer key players and the reduced availability of debt capital to the companies we target.
Market Environment: We believe middle market investments are likely to excel in uncertain market environments such as the current market environment following the COVID-19 outbreak that began in December 2019, and that these investments have historically generated premium yields with more desirable structures for lenders as compared to large corporate loans.(1)
In addition, we believe the recent credit market dislocation will accelerate the market share shift toward well-positioned larger platforms. On the other hand, we believe that there has been increased competition for direct lending to middle market businesses, which would be expected to result in less favorable pricing terms for our potential investments. If we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we would expect to experience decreased net interest income, lower yields and increased risk of credit loss. However, we believe that Golub Capital’s scale, product suite, entrenched relationships and strong market position will continue to allow us to find investment opportunities with attractive risk-adjusted returns.
(1) Standard & Poor’s “High-End Middle-Market Lending Review Q4 2021” – New-issue first-lien yield-to-maturity. Middle-Market loans have, on average,
generated higher yields in comparison to large corporate loans based on data starting in June 2005.
Competitive Strengths
Deep, Experienced Management Team. We are managed by GC Advisors, which has access through the Staffing Agreement to the resources and expertise of Golub Capital’s more than 725 employees, led by our chairman, Lawrence E. Golub, and our chief executive officer, David B. Golub. As of September 30, 2022, Golub Capital’s more than 170 investment professionals had an average of over 13 years of investment experience and were supported by more than 530 administrative
and back office personnel that focus on operations, finance, legal and compliance, accounting and reporting, marketing, information technology and office management. GC Advisors also manages (i) Golub Capital BDC Inc., a Delaware corporation, or GBDC; (ii) Golub Capital Direct Lending Corporation, a Maryland corporation, or GDLC; (iii) Golub Capital BDC 4, Inc., a Maryland corporation, or GBDC 4; and (iv) Golub Capital Direct Lending Unlevered Corporation, a Maryland corporation, or GDLCU; each of
which has elected to be regulated as a business development company, have investment mandates similar
to ours, and primarily focus on investing in one stop and other senior secured loans and, in the case of GBDC, whose shares of common stock are publicly traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. Golub Capital seeks to hire and retain high-quality investment professionals and reward those personnel based on investor returns.
Leading U.S. Debt Platform Provides Access to Proprietary Relationship-Based Deal Flow. GC Advisors gives us access to the deal flow of Golub Capital, one of the leading middle-market lenders in the United States. Golub Capital has been a top 3 Traditional Middle Market Bookrunner each year from 2008 through 2022 for senior secured loans of up to $500.0 million for leveraged buyouts based on number of deals completed according to Thomson Reuters LPC and internal data. We believe this market position makes Golub Capital the first choice lender to many sponsors. Since
its inception, Golub Capital has closed deals with over 360 middle-market sponsors and repeat transactions with over 250 sponsors. We believe that Golub Capital receives relationship-based “early looks” and “last looks” at many investment opportunities in the U.S. middle-market market, allowing it to be highly selective in the transactions it pursues.
Disciplined Investment and Underwriting Process. GC Advisors utilizes the established investment process of Golub Capital for reviewing lending opportunities, structuring transactions and monitoring investments. Using its disciplined approach to lending, GC Advisors seeks to minimize credit losses through effective underwriting, comprehensive due diligence investigations, structuring and the implementation of restrictive debt covenants. We expect that GC Advisors will continue to select borrowers whose businesses will retain
significant value, even in a depressed market or a distressed sale. GC Advisors intends to reduce risk further by focusing on repeat transactions with proven, successful sponsors. While emphasizing thorough credit analysis, GC Advisors intends to maintain strong relationships with sponsors by offering rapid initial feedback from senior investment professionals on each investment opportunity.
Regimented Credit Monitoring. Following each investment, GC Advisors implements a regimented credit monitoring system. This careful approach, which involves ongoing review and analysis by teams of professionals, has enabled GC Advisors to identify problems early and to assist borrowers before they face difficult liquidity constraints. If necessary, GC Advisors can assume the role of deal sponsor in a work-out situation and has extensive restructuring experience, both in and out of bankruptcy. GC
Advisors believes in the need to prepare for possible negative contingencies in order to address them promptly should they arise.
Concentrated Middle-Market Focus. Because of our focus on the middle-market, we understand the following general characteristics of middle-market lending:
• middle-market companies are generally less leveraged than large companies and, we believe, offer more attractive investment returns in the form of upfront fees, prepayment penalties and higher interest rates;
• middle-market issuers are more likely to have simple capital structures;
• carefully structured covenant packages enable middle-market lenders to take early
action to remediate poor financial performance; and
• middle-market lenders can undertake thorough due diligence investigations prior to investment.
Investment Criteria/Guidelines
Our investment objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation by investing primarily in senior secured and one stop loans to U.S. middle market companies in industries we believe are resistant to recessions. We seek to generate strong risk-adjusted net returns by assembling a portfolio of investments across a broad range of industries and private equity investors.
We primarily target U.S. middle-market companies controlled by private equity investors that require capital for growth, acquisitions,
recapitalizations, refinancings and leveraged buyouts. We seek to have a portfolio of first-lien, senior secured loans to borrowers believed to be insulated from economic disruptions, such as the effects of the novel coronavirus, or COVID-19 pandemic, in recession-resistant industries. We also make opportunistic loans to
independently owned and publicly held middle-market companies. We seek to partner with strong management teams executing long-term growth strategies. Target businesses will typically exhibit some or all of the following characteristics:
•annual
EBITDA of less than $100.0 million;
•sustainable leading positions in their respective markets;
•scalable revenues and operating cash flow;
•experienced management teams with successful track records;
•insulation from the effects of economic disruptions, such as the COVID-19 pandemic;
•stable, predictable cash flows with low technology and market risks;
•a substantial equity cushion in the form of capital ranking junior to our investment provided by a middle market private equity sponsor;
•low
capital expenditures requirements;
•a North American base of operations;
•strong customer relationships;
•products, services or distribution channels having distinctive competitive advantages;
•defensible niche strategy or other barriers to entry; and
•demonstrated growth strategies.
While we believe that the criteria listed above are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies, not all of these criteria will be met by each prospective portfolio company.
Investment Process Overview
We view our investment process as consisting of four distinct phases described below:
Origination. GC Advisors sources investment opportunities through access to a network of over 10,000 individual contacts developed in the financial services and related industries by Golub Capital and managed through a proprietary customer relationship database. Among these contacts is an extensive network of private equity firms and relationships with leading middle-market senior lenders. The senior deal professionals of Golub Capital supplement these leads through personal visits and marketing campaigns. It is their responsibility to identify specific opportunities, to refine opportunities through candid exploration of the underlying facts and circumstances and to apply creative and flexible thinking to solve clients’
financing needs. The investment professionals of Golub Capital have a long and successful track record investing in companies across many industry sectors. Collectively, these investment professionals have completed investments in over 2,200 companies at Golub Capital. Golub Capital’s investments have been made in the following industries, among others: healthcare, restaurant and retail, software, digital and technology services, specialty manufacturing, business services, consumer products and services, food and beverages, aerospace and defense and value-added distribution.
Golub Capital has principal lending offices in Chicago, New York, London and San Francisco. Each of Golub Capital’s originators maintains long-standing customer relationships and is responsible for covering a specified target market. We believe those originators’ strength and breadth of relationships across a wide range of markets generate
numerous financing opportunities, which we believe enables GC Advisors to be highly selective in recommending investments to us.
Underwriting. We utilize the systematic, consistent approach to underwriting developed by Golub Capital, with a particular focus on determining the value of a business in a downside scenario. The key criteria that we consider include (1) strong and resilient underlying business fundamentals, (2) a substantial equity cushion in the form of capital ranking junior in right of payment to our investment and (3) a conclusion that overall “downside” risk is
manageable.
While the size of this equity cushion will vary over time and across industries, the equity cushion generally sought by GC Advisors today is between 35% and 45% of total portfolio capitalization. We generally focus on the criteria developed by Golub Capital for evaluating prospective portfolio companies, which uses a combination of analyses, including (1) fundamental analysis of a business’s financial statements, health, management, competitive advantages, competitors and markets; (2) analysis of opportunities in a given market based upon fluctuations due to seasonal, financial and economic factors; (3) quantitative analysis of the relative risk-return characteristics of investments and a comparison of yields between asset classes and other indicators; and (4) analysis of proprietary and secondary models. In evaluating a particular company, we put more emphasis on credit considerations (such as (1) loan-to-value ratio (which is the amount of our loan divided by the enterprise
value of the company in which we are investing), (2) the ability of the company to maintain a liquidity cushion through economic cycles and in downside scenarios, (3) the ability of the company to service its fixed charge obligations under a variety of scenarios and (4) its anticipated strategic value in a downturn) than on profit potential and loan pricing. Based upon a combination of bottom-up analysis of the individual investment and GC Advisors’ expectations of future market conditions, GC Advisors seeks to assess the relative risk and reward for each investment. GC Advisors seeks to mitigate the risks of a single company or single industry through portfolio diversification. GC Advisors also considers environmental,
social and governance considerations in the investment decision-making process, in accordance with its ESG policy, including analysis of the likelihood of material ESG-related risk based on the industry and industry subsector of the potential portfolio company, with further diligence and analysis based on this categorization as well as other factors identified during diligence. Golub Capital’s due diligence process for middle market credits will typically entail:
•a thorough review of historical and pro forma financial information;
•third-party “quality of earnings” accounting due diligence;
•when appropriate, background checks on key managers and research relating to the company’s business, industry, markets, customers, suppliers, products and services and competitors; and
•the commission of third-party market studies when appropriate.
The following chart illustrates the stages of Golub Capital’s evaluation and underwriting process:
ILLUSTRATIVE DEAL EVALUATION PROCESS
Execution. In executing transactions for us, GC Advisors utilizes the due diligence process developed by Golub Capital. Through a consistent approach to underwriting and careful attention to the details of execution, Golub Capital seeks to maintain discipline with respect to credit, pricing and structure to ensure the ultimate success of the financing. Upon completion of due diligence, the investment team working on an investment delivers a final memorandum
to GC Advisors’ investment committee. Once an investment has been approved by the investment committee, it moves through a series of steps generally, including initial documentation using standard document templates, final documentation, including resolution of business points and the execution of original documents held in escrow. Upon completion of final documentation, a loan is funded upon the execution of an investment committee memorandum by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee.
Monitoring. We view active portfolio monitoring as a vital part of our investment process. We consider board observation rights, where appropriate, regular dialogue with company management and sponsors and detailed, internally generated monitoring reports to be critical to our performance. Golub Capital has developed a monitoring template that is designed to reasonably ensure compliance
with these standards. This template is used by GC Advisors as a tool to assess investment performance relative to our plan. In addition, our portfolio companies often rely on GC Advisors to provide them with financial and capital markets expertise.
As part of the monitoring process, GC Advisors regularly assesses the risk profile of each of our investments and rates each of them based on an internal system developed by Golub Capital and its affiliates. This system is not generally accepted in our industry or used by our competitors. It is based on the following
categories, which we refer to as GC Advisors’ internal performance ratings:
Internal Performance Ratings
Rating
Definition
5
Involves the least amount of risk in our portfolio. The borrower is performing above expectations, and the trends and risk factors are generally favorable.
4
Involves
an acceptable level of risk that is similar to the risk at the time of origination. The borrower is generally performing as expected, and the risk factors are neutral to favorable.
3
Involves a borrower performing below expectations and indicates that the loan’s risk has increased somewhat since origination. The borrower could be out of compliance with debt covenants; however, loan payments are generally not past due.
2
Involves a borrower performing materially below expectations and indicates that the loan’s risk has increased materially since origination. In addition to the borrower being generally out of compliance with debt covenants, loan payments
could be past due (but generally not more than 180 days past due).
1
Involves a borrower performing substantially below expectations and indicates that the loan’s risk has substantially increased since origination. Most or all of the debt covenants are out of compliance and payments are substantially delinquent. Loans rated 1 are not anticipated to be repaid in full and we will reduce the fair market value of the loan to the amount we anticipate will be recovered.
Our internal performance ratings do not constitute any rating of investments by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or represent or reflect any third-party assessment of any of our investments.
For
any investment rated 1, 2 or 3, GC Advisors increases its monitoring intensity and prepares regular updates for the investment committee, summarizing current operating results and material impending events and suggesting recommended actions.
GC Advisors monitors and, when appropriate, changes the internal performance ratings assigned to each investment in our portfolio. In connection with our valuation process, GC Advisors and our board of directors review these internal performance ratings on a quarterly basis.
The following table shows the distribution of our investments on the 1 to 5 internal performance rating scale at fair value as of September 30, 2022 and 2021:
The purpose of GC Advisors’ investment committee, which is comprised of officers of GC Advisors, is to evaluate and approve all of our investments, subject to the oversight of our board of directors. The investment committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of the committee’s members to the analysis and consideration of each investment. The investment committee currently consists of Lawrence
E. Golub, David B. Golub, Andrew H. Steuerman, Gregory W. Cashman, Spyro G. Alexopoulos, Marc C. Robinson, Robert G. Tuchscherer and Jason J. Van Dussen. The investment committee serves to provide investment consistency and adherence to our core investment philosophy and policies. The investment committee also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing monitoring requirements.
In addition to reviewing investments, investment committee meetings serve as a forum to discuss credit views and outlooks. Potential transactions and deal flow are reviewed on a regular basis. Members of the investment team are encouraged to share information and credit views with the investment committee early in their analysis. We believe this process improves the quality of the analysis and assists the deal team members
to work more efficiently.
Each transaction is presented to the investment committee in a formal written report. Each investment opportunity generally receives the unanimous approval of the investment committee. Each member of the investment committee performs a similar role for other investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles, collectively referred to as accounts, sponsored or managed by Golub Capital and its affiliates.
Investment Structure
Once GC Advisors determines that a prospective portfolio company is suitable for investment, GC Advisors typically works with the private equity sponsor, if applicable, the management of that company and its other capital providers to structure our investment. GC Advisors negotiates with these parties to agree on how our investment
should be structured relative to other capital in the portfolio company’s capital structure.
GC Advisors structures our investments, which typically have maturities of three to seven years, as follows:
Senior Secured Loans. GC Advisors structures investments in senior secured loans, where we obtain security interests in the assets of the portfolio company that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans. This collateral often takes the form of first-priority liens on the assets of the portfolio company. Our senior secured loans often provide for moderate loan amortization in the early years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Our senior secured loans may include a payment in kind, or PIK, feature.
One
Stop Loans. GC Advisors structures our one-stop loans as senior secured loans. A one-stop loan is a single loan that blends the characteristics of traditional senior debt and traditional junior debt. The structure generally combines the stronger lender protections associated with first lien senior secured debt with the superior economics of junior capital. We obtain security interests in the assets of the portfolio company that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. This collateral often takes the form of first-priority liens on the assets of the portfolio company. In some cases, one-stop loans are provided to borrowers experiencing high revenue growth supported by a high level of discretionary expenditures. As part of the underwriting of such loans and consistent with industry practice, we adjust our characterization of the earnings of such borrowers for a reduction or elimination of such discretionary expenses if appropriate.
One-stop loans typically provide for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the facility, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Our one stop loans may include a PIK feature. One-stop loans generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity. In many cases, we are the sole lender or we, together with our affiliates, are the sole lenders of a one stop loan, which can afford us additional influence over the borrower in terms of monitoring and, if necessary, remediating any underperformance.
One stop loans include loans to technology companies undergoing strong growth due to new services, increased adoption and/or entry into new markets. We refer to loans to these companies as recurring revenue loans1. Other targeted characteristics of recurring revenue businesses include strong customer revenue retention rates, a diversified customer base and backing from growth equity or venture capital firms. In some cases, the borrower’s high revenue growth is supported by a high level of discretionary spending. As part of the underwriting of such loans and consistent with industry practice, we adjust our characterization of the earnings of such borrowers for a reduction or elimination of such discretionary expenses, if appropriate.
Second Lien Loans. GC
Advisors structures these investments as subordinated, secured loans for which our claims on the related collateral are subordinated. We obtain security interests in the assets of the portfolio company that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans. This collateral typically takes the form of second priority liens on the assets of a portfolio company. Second lien loans typically provide for minimal loan amortization in the initial years of the facility, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity.
Subordinated Loans. GC Advisors structures these investments as unsecured, subordinated loans that provide for relatively high, fixed interest rates and provide us with significant current interest income. These loans typically have interest-only payments (often representing a combination of cash pay and PIK interest) in the early years, with all
or the majority of amortization of principal deferred until loan maturity. Subordinated loans generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity.
Second lien loans and subordinated loans are generally more volatile than first lien, senior secured loans and may involve a greater risk of loss of principal. In addition, the PIK feature of many subordinated loans, which effectively operates as negative amortization of loan principal, increases credit risk exposure over the life of the loan. Subordinated loans are more likely to include a PIK feature.
Equity Investments. GC Advisors structures these investments as direct or indirect minority equity co-investments in
a portfolio company, usually on terms similar to the controlling private equity sponsor and in connection with our loan to such portfolio company. As a result, if a portfolio company appreciates in value, we can achieve additional investment return from these equity co-investments. GC Advisors can structure these equity co-investments to include provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, which could include a “put,” or right to sell such securities back to the issuer, upon the occurrence of specified events or demand and “piggyback” registration rights. However, because these equity co-investments will typically be in private companies, there is no guarantee that we, as a minority-interest holder, will control the timing or value of our realization of any gains on such investments. Our equity co-investments will typically include customary “tag-along” and/or “drag-along” rights that will permit or require us to participate
in a sale of such equity co-investments at such time as the majority owners, not GC Advisors, determine.
GC Advisors tailors the terms of each investment to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and the prospective portfolio company, negotiating a structure that protects our rights and manages our risk while creating incentives for the portfolio company to achieve its business plan and improve its operating results. GC Advisors seeks to limit the downside potential of our investments by:
•selecting investments that we believe have a very low probability of loss;
•requiring a total return on our investments that we believe will compensate us appropriately for credit risk; and
•negotiating covenants
in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility in managing their businesses as possible, consistent with the preservation of our capital. Such restrictions could include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights.
1 As of November 10, 2022, we have updated terminology from “late stage lending” to “recurring revenue” to better reflect the commercial activity of our business.
We
expect to hold most of our investments to maturity or repayment, but we may sell some of our investments earlier if a liquidity event occurs, such as a sale, recapitalization or worsening of the credit quality of the portfolio company.
Investments
We seek to create a portfolio that includes primarily one stop and other senior secured loans by investing approximately $5.0 million to $30.0 million of capital, on average, in the securities of middle-market companies. Set forth below is a list of our ten largest portfolio company investments as of September 30, 2022, as well as the top ten industries in which we were invested as of September 30, 2022, calculated as a percentage of our total investments at fair value as of such date.
Portfolio
Company
Fair Value of Investments (In Thousands)
Percentage of Total Investments
GS Acquisitionco, Inc.
$
52,044
2.2
%
BECO Holding Company, Inc.
45,990
2.0
Electrical Source Holdings, LLC
45,015
1.9
Riskonnect
Parent, LLC
44,313
1.9
PT Intermediate Holdings III, LLC
40,013
1.7
Diligent Corporation
38,197
1.6
Consilio Midco Limited
37,669
1.6
Inhabit
IQ Inc.
35,513
1.5
TWAS Holdings, LLC
35,395
1.5
Chase Intermediate
35,065
1.5
$
409,214
17.4
%
Industry
Fair
Value of Investments (In Thousands)
Percentage of Total Investments
Software
$
623,764
26.9
%
Healthcare Providers and Services
155,169
6.7
Automobiles
134,258
5.8
IT
Services
130,820
5.6
Insurance
126,809
5.5
Specialty Retail
118,224
5.1
Diversified Consumer Services
108,363
4.7
Commercial
Services and Supplies
70,342
3.0
Healthcare Equipment and Supplies
67,692
2.9
Pharmaceuticals
65,832
2.8
$
1,601,273
69.0
%
Managerial
Assistance
As a business development company, we offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. The Administrator or an affiliate of the Administrator provides such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. We could receive fees for these services and reimburse the Administrator or an affiliate of the Administrator, as applicable, for
its allocated costs in providing such assistance, subject to the review and approval by our board of directors, including our independent directors.
Competition
Our primary competitors in providing financing to middle-market companies include public and private funds, other business development companies, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some competitors have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors have higher risk tolerances
or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company or to the source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our qualification as a RIC.
We use the expertise of the investment professionals of Golub Capital and its affiliates to which we have access to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, the relationships of the senior members of Golub Capital and its affiliates enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive middle-market companies in the industries in which we invest. See “Risk Factors - Risks
Relating to our Business and Structure - We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.”
Administration
We do not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations are managed by GC Advisors. Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. We have a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief compliance officer, managing director and director of corporate strategy, and to the extent necessary, our board of directors can elect to appoint additional officers going forward. Our officers are officers and/or employees of Golub Capital LLC, an affiliate of GC Advisors, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs is paid by us pursuant
to the administration agreement, or the Administration Agreement, with the Administrator. See “Business - Management Agreements - Administration Agreement.”
SUMMARY RISK FACTORS
The risk factors described below are a summary of the principal risk factors associated with an investment in us. These are not the only risks we face. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with the risk factors set forth in Item 1A. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the other reports and documents filed by us with the SEC.
We are subject to risks relating to our business and structure
•We
are subject to risks associated with the current interest rate environment and to the extent we use debt to finance our investments, changes in interest rates will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.
•We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.
•Rising interest rates could affect the value of our investments and could make it more difficult for portfolio companies to make periodic payments on their loans.
•We are subject to risks associated with the discontinuation of LIBOR, which will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.
•We are dependent upon GC Advisors for our success and upon its
access to the investment professionals and partners of Golub Capital and its affiliates.
•Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships with sponsors and investing in companies backed by private equity sponsors. Any inability of GC Advisors to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.
•There are significant potential conflicts of interest as
a result of our arrangements with GC Advisors and its affiliates and GC Advisors’ investment committee that could affect our investment returns.
•GC Advisors could make certain investment decisions for the purpose of receiving transaction fees.
•GC Advisors could prioritize its relationship with a borrower or private equity sponsor instead of seeking the most advantageous terms for our investments.
•GC Advisors operates in multiple business lines and could pursue additional business lines, which could create a conflict of interest in the allocation of its time and focus.
•Golub Capital could pursue strategic transactions, which could create a conflict of interest in the allocation of GC Advisors’
time and focus.
•We and GC Advisors could be the target of litigation or regulatory investigations.
•We are subject to certain risks related to our ability to qualify as a RIC and to related regulations governing our operation as a business development company.
•We finance our investments with borrowed money, which will accelerate and increase the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and could increase the risk of investing in us.
•We are subject to risks associated with any Credit Facility.
•Investors in shares of our common stock could fail to fund their capital commitments when due.
•The
majority of our portfolio investments are recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there could be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.
•Our board of directors could change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.
•Each of GC Advisors and the Administrator can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we can provide no assurance that we could find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
We are subject to risks relating to our investments
•Economic
recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.
•Inflation could adversely affect the business, result of operations and financial condition of our portfolio companies.
•Our investments in debt, leveraged portfolio companies, and private and middle-market portfolio companies are risky and we could lose all or part of our investment.
•The lack of liquidity in our investments could adversely affect our business.
•Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets could adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.
•Our
portfolio companies could prepay loans, which could reduce our yields if capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.
•We are subject to credit and default risk and our portfolio companies could be unable to repay or refinance outstanding principal on their loans at or prior to maturity.
•Our portfolio could be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.
•We could hold the debt securities of leveraged companies that could, due to the significant volatility of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings.
•Our
failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.
•Because we generally do not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we generally will not be able to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.
•Our portfolio companies could incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such
companies and such portfolio companies could fail to generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations to us.
•The disposition of our investments could result in contingent liabilities.
•GC Advisors’ liability is limited, and we have agreed to indemnify GC Advisors against certain liabilities, which could lead GC Advisors to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.
•We could be subject to risks if we engage in hedging transactions and could become subject to risks if we invest in foreign securities.
•We could suffer losses from our equity investments.
•We could be subject
to lender liability claims with respect to our portfolio company investments.
Investors are subject to risks relating to an investment in our securities
•There is no public market for shares of our common stock, and we do not expect there to be a market for shares of our common stock.
•There are restrictions on the ability of holders of our common stock to transfer shares.
•Investing in our securities could involve an above average degree of risk.
•There is a risk that investors in our equity securities will not receive distributions or that our distributions may will not grow over time and a portion of our distributions could
be a return of capital.
•We are subject to risks associated with a Liquidity Event.
GC Advisors is located at 200 Park Avenue, 25th Floor,
New York, NY10166. GC Advisors is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The beneficial interests in GC Advisors are majority owned, indirectly, by two affiliated trusts. The trustees of those trusts are Stephen A. Kepniss and David L. Finegold. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, GC Advisors manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, GC Advisors:
•determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner
of implementing such changes;
•identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make;
•executes, closes, services and monitors the investments we make;
•determines the securities and other assets that we purchase, retain or sell;
•performs due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and
•provides us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our funds.
GC Advisors’ services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive. Subject to the requirements of the
1940 Act, GC Advisors can enter into one or more sub-advisory agreements under which GC Advisors would obtain assistance in fulfilling its responsibilities under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
Management Fee
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay GC Advisors a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components - a base management fee, or Base Management Fee, and an incentive fee, or Incentive Fee. The cost of both the base management fee and the incentive fee is ultimately borne by our stockholders.
The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate equal to 1.375% of the fair value of our average adjusted gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters (excluding cash and cash equivalents
but including assets purchased with borrowed funds, securitization related assets, and cash collateral on deposit with custodian) and is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is adjusted, based on the actual number of days elapsed relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter, for any share issuances or repurchases during such calendar quarter. For periods ending on or prior to the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, GC Advisors has irrevocably agreed to waive any base management fee in excess of 1.00% of the fair value of our average adjusted gross assets as calculated in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement and as described above. As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the term “Liquidity Event” means the earlier of (1) the date of the pricing of an initial public offering or listing on a national securities exchange of our securities, (2) a distribution to our stockholders of either (a) cash proceeds from
an orderly liquidation of our investments or (b) securities or other assets of ours as a distribution-in-kind, or (3) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets to, or other liquidity event with, an entity for consideration of either cash and/or publicly listed securities of the acquirer.
Incentive Fee
We pay GC Advisors an incentive fee. The Incentive Fee is calculated in arrears and consists of three parts: (1) the income component, or the Income Incentive Fee, (2) the capital gains component, or the Capital Gain Incentive Fee, and (3) the subordinated liquidation incentive component, or the Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee, and are collectively referred to as the Incentive Fee.
The components of the Incentive Fee are calculated as described below. The Income Incentive
Fee is payable quarterly in arrears and the Capital Gain Incentive Fee is payable at the end of each calendar year in arrears (or, in each case, upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date). The Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee is payable upon a liquidation of GBDC 3.
Prior to the closing of a Liquidity Event, we will deposit one-third of each Income Incentive Fee and Capital Gain Incentive Fee payment into an escrow account, or the Escrow Account, to be administered by U.S. Bank National Association, or the Escrow Agent. Assets in the Escrow Account will be held by the Escrow Agent until the closing of a
Liquidity Event at which time the Escrow Agent will release the assets to GC Advisors. If no Liquidity Event occurs prior to October 2, 2023, the Escrow Agent will return all assets in the Escrow Account to us for the benefit of our stockholders.
The fees and expenses of the Escrow Account and the Escrow Agent will be borne by us.
Incentive Fee Cap
We have structured the calculation of the Incentive Fee to include a fee limitation such that the Income Incentive Fee and the Capital Gain Incentive Fee will not be paid at any time if, after such payment, the cumulative Income Incentive Fees and Capital Gain Incentive Fees paid to date
would exceed an incentive fee cap, or the Incentive Fee Cap. For periods ending on or prior to the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, the Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter is equal to the difference between (a) 15.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income and (b) cumulative incentive fees of any kind paid to GC Advisors by us since September 29, 2017. For periods beginning after the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, the Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter will be equal to the difference, if positive, between (a) the sum of (i) 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income for the period beginning on the date immediately following the closing of a Liquidity Event and (ii) 15.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income for the period from September 29, 2017 and ending on the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event and (b) cumulative Income Incentive
Fees and Capital Gain Incentive Fees paid to GC Advisors by us since September 29, 2017. To the extent the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value in any quarter, no incentive fee would be payable in that quarter. “Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income” is equal to the sum of (a) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (as defined below) for each period since September 29, 2017 and (b) cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital appreciation since September 29, 2017. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting
fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the calendar quarter (including the base management fee, taxes, any expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, any expenses of securitizations and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock to the extent such amounts are supported by our taxable earnings, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends, and zero coupon securities, accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. GC Advisors does not return to us amounts paid to it on accrued income that we have not yet received in cash if such income is not ultimately
received by us in cash. If we do not ultimately receive income, a loss would be recognized, reducing future fees.
If, for any relevant period, the Incentive Fee Cap calculation results in our paying less than the amount of the Income Incentive fee and the Capital Gain Incentive Fee calculated pursuant to the Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation, then the difference between (a) the sum of the Income Incentive Fee and the Capital Gain Incentive Fee and (b) the Incentive Fee Cap will not be paid by us, and will not be received by GC Advisors as an Incentive Fee either at the end of such relevant period or at the end of any future period. For the avoidance of doubt, our stockholders benefit from a reduction in the amount of Incentive Fees that we pay, and that they pay indirectly, equal to the sum of the differences, if any, between (a) the sum of the Income Incentive Fee and the Capital
Gain Incentive Fee and (b) the Incentive Fee Cap.
Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation
The Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculation has two parts: the Income Incentive Fee component and the Capital Gain Incentive Fee component. The Income Incentive Fee component is calculated quarterly in arrears based on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter.
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the Income Incentive Fee component, it is possible that an Incentive Fee may be calculated under this formula with respect to a period in which we have incurred a loss. For example,
if we receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a calendar quarter, the income component will result in a positive value and an Incentive Fee will be paid even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and/or unrealized capital losses unless the payment of such Incentive Fee would cause us to pay Incentive Fees on a cumulative basis that exceed 20.0% of our Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income.
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value
of our net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 1.5% quarterly. If market interest rates rise, we may have the ability to invest funds in debt instruments that provide for a higher return, which would increase our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income and make it easier for GC Advisors to surpass the fixed hurdle rate and receive an Income Incentive Fee. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income used to calculate this part of the Incentive Fee is also included in the amount of our total assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed funds and leverage) used to calculate the base management fee.
We calculate the Income Incentive Fee component of the Income and Capital
Gains Incentive Fee Calculation with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income quarterly, in arrears, as follows:
•zero in any calendar quarter in which the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate;
•50.0% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than the percentage at which amounts payable to GC Advisors pursuant to the Income Incentive Fee equals 20.0% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as the “catch-up” provision; and
•20.0% of the amount
of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the catch-up provision in any calendar quarter.
The sum of these calculations yields the “Income Incentive Fee”. This amount is appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the quarter. For periods prior to the closing of a Liquidity Event, GC Advisors agreed to waive that portion of the Income Incentive Fee calculated in excess of the Income Incentive Fee calculated with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income quarterly, in arrears, as follows:
•zero in any calendar quarter in which the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate;
•50.0% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive
Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than the percentage at which amounts payable to GC Advisors pursuant to the Income Incentive Fee equals 15.0% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as the “catch-up” provision; and
•15.0% of the amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the catch-up provision in any calendar quarter.
The Capital Gain Incentive Fee equals (a) 20.0% of our Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base (as defined below), if any, calculated in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing with the calendar year ending December 31,
2017, less (b) the aggregate amount of any previously paid Capital Gain Incentive Fees. Our “Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base” equals (1) the sum of (A) our realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative positive basis from September 29, 2017 through the end of each calendar year, (B) all realized capital losses on a cumulative basis and (C) all unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less (2) our unamortized deferred financing costs as of the date of calculation, if and to the extent such costs exceed all unrealized capital appreciation on a cumulative basis.
•The cumulative aggregate realized capital losses are calculated as the sum of the amounts by which (a) the net sales price of each investment in our portfolio when sold is less than (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such
investment.
•The cumulative aggregate realized capital gains are calculated as the sum of the differences, if positive, between (a) the net sales price of each investment in our portfolio when sold and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
•The aggregate unrealized capital depreciation is calculated as the sum of the differences, if negative, between (a) the valuation of each investment in our portfolio as of the applicable Capital Gain Incentive Fee calculation date and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
Prior to the closing of a Liquidity Event, GC Advisors has agreed to waive that portion of the Capital Gain Incentive Fee, calculated as described above, in excess of 15.0% of the Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base, provided that any amounts so waived shall be deemed to have been paid to GC Advisors for purposes of determining the Capital Gain Incentive Fee payable after the closing of a Liquidity Event.
Realized capital gains and losses include gains and losses on investments, foreign currencies, including gains and losses on derivative contracts and any income tax related to cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses. There was no Capital Gain Incentive Fee payable as calculated under the Investment Advisory Agreement
(as described above) for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. However, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we are required to accrue for a Capital Gain Incentive Fee on a quarterly basis and are further required to include the aggregate unrealized capital appreciation on investments when calculating the Capital Gain Incentive Fee accrual, as if such unrealized capital appreciation were realized, even though such unrealized capital appreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement. If the Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base, adjusted as required by GAAP to include unrealized appreciation, is positive at the end of a period, then GAAP requires us to accrue a Capital Gain Incentive Fee equal to 15.0% of such amount prior to the closing of a Liquidity Event
(20.0% following the closing of a Liquidity Event), less the aggregate amount of the actual Capital Gain Incentive Fees paid or Capital Gain Incentive Fees accrued under GAAP in all prior periods. If such amount is negative, then there is no accrual for such period. The resulting accrual under GAAP for any Capital Gain Incentive Fee payable in a given period may result in additional expense if such cumulative amount is greater than in the prior period or a reversal of previously recorded expense if such cumulative amount is less than in the prior period. There can be no assurance that such unrealized capital appreciation will be realized in the future. From inception through September 30, 2022, we have not made any Capital Gain Incentive Fee payments. For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020,
we accrued (reversed) a Capital Gain Incentive Fee, net of waiver, under GAAP of $(2.1) million, $2.1 million, and $(0.7) million, respectively. There was no cumulative accrual for Capital Gain Incentive Fee, net of waiver under GAAP as of September 30, 2022. The cumulative accrual for Capital Gain Incentive Fee, net of waiver, under GAAP was $2.1 million as of September 30, 2021.
Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee
The third part of the Incentive Fee, which we refer to as the Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee, equals 15.0% of the net proceeds from a liquidation of GBDC 3 in excess of adjusted capital, as calculated immediately prior to liquidation. For purposes of this calculation, (a) “liquidation” includes any merger of our common
stock with another entity or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the shares of our common stock in a single or series of related transactions and (b) “adjusted capital” means our net asset value calculated immediately prior to liquidation in accordance with GAAP less unrealized capital appreciation that would have been subject to the Capital Gain Incentive Fee had capital gain been recognized on the transfer of such assets in the liquidation. The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that no Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee shall be payable for any liquidation that occurs more than six months after the date of an initial public offering of our common stock or a listing of our common stock on a national securities exchange. For periods prior to the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, GC Advisors has agreed to waive the Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee.
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.35%
(1)The hypothetical amount of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment
Income shown is based on a percentage of total net assets. In addition, the example assumes that during the most recent four full calendar quarter period ending on or prior to the date the payment set forth in the example is to be made, the sum of (a) our aggregate distributions to our stockholders and (b) our change in net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) is at least 6.0% of our net assets at the beginning of such period (as adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases).
(2)Represents a quarter of the 6.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(3)Excludes offering expenses.
Alternative 1
Additional Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%
Prior to a Liquidity Event:
Management fee = 0.463% (Represents a quarter of the 1.00% annualized management fee on gross assets, net of waiver, assuming 0.85x debt-to-equity)
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (investment income - (management fee + other expenses)) = 0.437%
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate, therefore there is no Incentive Fee.
Following a Liquidity Event:
Management fee = 0.688% (Represents a quarter of the 1.375% annualized management fee on gross assets, assuming 1.0x debt-to-equity)
Pre-Incentive
Fee Net Investment Income (investment income - (management fee + other expenses)) = 0.212%
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate, therefore there is no Incentive Fee.
Alternative 2
Additional Assumptions
Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.60%
Prior to a Liquidity Event the Incentive Fee would be:
Management fee = 0.463% (Represents a quarter of the 1.00% annualized management fee, net of waiver, on gross assets, assuming 0.85x debt-to-equity)
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (investment income - (management fee +
other expenses)) = 1.787%
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an Incentive Fee.
Incentive
Fee
= 50% × "catch-up" + the greater of 0% AND (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income - 2.50%)) = (50% × (2.50% - 1.50%)) + (20% × (2.806% - 2.50%)) = 50% × 1.00% + 20% × 0.306% = 0.50% + 0.061% = 0.561%
Example 2 - Capital Gain Incentive Fee:
Alternative 1
Assumptions
Year 1:
$20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment
A”) and $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)
Year 2:
Investment A is sold for $15 million and fair market value (“FMV”) of Investment B determined to be $29 million
Year 3:
FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million
Year 4:
Investment B sold for $25 million
Both prior to and following a Liquidity Event, the Capital Gain Incentive Fee, if any, would be:
Year
1:
None (No sales transactions)
Year 2:
None (Sales transaction resulted in a realized capital loss on Investment A)
Year 3:
None (No sales transactions)
Year 4:
None (Sales transaction resulted in a realized capital loss on Investment B)
Each quarterly incentive fee calculated quarterly, in arrears,
pursuant to the Income and Capital Gains Incentive Fee Calculation is subject to the Incentive Fee Cap. Below are the necessary adjustments to the Incentive Fee payable to adhere to the Incentive Fee Cap.
Year 1:
No adjustment; no realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation.
Year 2:
Investment A sold at a $5 million loss. Investment B has unrealized capital depreciation of $1 million. Therefore, GC Advisors would not be paid on the
$6 million realized/unrealized loss, which would result in a lower Incentive Fee by $0.9 million prior to a Liquidity Event, or $1.2 million following a Liquidity Event.
Year 3:
Investment B has unrealized capital depreciation of $2 million. Therefore, GC Advisors would not be paid on the $2 million unrealized capital depreciation, which would result in a lower Incentive Fee by $300,000 prior to a Liquidity Event, or $400,000 following a Liquidity Event.
Year 4:
Investment B sold at a $5 million loss. Investment B was previously marked down by $3 million; therefore, we would realize a $5 million loss on Investment B and reverse the previous $3 million
in unrealized capital depreciation. The net effect would be a loss of $2 million. GC Advisors would not be paid on the $2 million loss, which would result in a lower Incentive Fee by $300,000 prior to a Liquidity Event, or $400,000 following a Liquidity Event.
$20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)
Year 2:
FMV of Investment A determined to be $18 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million.
Year 3:
Investment A sold for $18 million. FMV of Investment B determined to be $24 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million
Year
4:
FMV of Investment B determined to be $22 million. Investment C sold for $24 million
Year 5:
Investment B sold for $20 million
Both prior to and following a Liquidity Event, the Capital Gain Incentive Fee, if any, would be:
Year 1:
None (No sales transactions)
Year
2:
None (No sales transactions)
Year 3:
None (Sales transaction resulted in a realized capital loss on Investment A)
Year 4:
None (Sales transaction resulted in a realized capital loss on Investment C)
Year 5:
None (Sales transaction resulted in a realized capital loss on Investment B)
Each quarterly Incentive
Fee payable on the Income and Capital Gains Incentive Fee Calculation is subject to the Incentive Fee Cap. Below are the necessary adjustments to the Incentive Fee payable to adhere to the Incentive Fee Cap.
Year 1:
No adjustment; no realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation.
Year 2:
Investment A has unrealized capital depreciation of $2 million. Investment B has unrealized capital depreciation of $5 million. Therefore,
GC Advisors would not be paid on the $7 million unrealized capital depreciation which would result in a lower Incentive Fee by $1.05 million prior to a Liquidity Event, or $1.4 million following a Liquidity Event.
Year 3:
Investment A sold at a $2 million loss. Investment A was previously marked down by $2 million; therefore, we would realize a $2 million loss on Investment A and reverse the previous $2 million in unrealized capital depreciation. Investment B has additional unrealized capital depreciation of $1 million. The net effect would be a loss of $1 million. GC Advisors would not be paid on the $1 million loss, which would result in a lower Incentive Fee by $150,000 prior to a Liquidity Event, or $200,000 following a Liquidity Event.
Year 4:
Investment
B has additional unrealized capital depreciation of $2 million. Investment C sold at a $1 million realized loss. Therefore, GC Advisors would not be paid on the $3 million realized/unrealized loss, which would result in a lower Incentive Fee by $450,000 prior to a Liquidity Event, or $600,000 following a Liquidity Event.
Year 5:
Investment B sold at a $10 million loss. Investment B was previously marked down by $8 million; therefore, we would realize a $10 million loss on Investment B and reverse the previous $8 million in unrealized capital depreciation. The net effect would be a loss of $2 million. GC Advisors would not be paid on the $2 million loss, which would result in a lower Incentive Fee by $300,000 prior to a Liquidity Event, or $400,000 following a Liquidity Event.
$25 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”) and $20 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)
Year 2:
Investment A is sold for $30 million and FMV of Investment B determined to be $21 million and $2 million of unamortized deferred debt
issuance costs
Year 3:
FMV of Investment B determined to be $23 million and $1 million of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs
Year 4:
Investment B sold for $23 million and $0 of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs
Prior to a Liquidity Event the Capital Gains Incentive Fee, if any, would be:
Year 1:
None
(No sales transactions)
Year 2:
$600,000 (15% multiplied by (i) $5 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A less (ii) $1 million ($2 million of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs less $1 million of unrealized gain))
Year 3:
$150,000 (15% multiplied by $5 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A less $600,000 (Capital Gain Incentive Fee paid in year 2))
Year 4:
$450,000 (15% multiplied by $8 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A and Investment
B less Capital Gain Incentive Fee paid in years 2 and 3)
Following a Liquidity Event the Capital Gain Incentive Fee, if any, would be:
Year 1:
None (No sales transactions)
Year 2:
$800,000 (20% multiplied by (i) $5 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A less (ii) $1 million ($2 million of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs less $1 million of unrealized gain))
Year
3:
$200,000 (20% multiplied by $5 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A less $800,000 (Capital Gain Incentive Fee paid in year 2))
Year 4:
$600,000 (20% multiplied by $8 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A and Investment B less Capital Gain Incentive Fee paid in years 2 and 3)
Each quarterly Incentive Fee payable on the Income and Capital Gains Incentive Fee Calculation is subject to the Incentive Fee Cap. Below are the necessary adjustments to the Incentive Fee payable to adhere to the Incentive Fee Cap both prior to and following a Liquidity Event.
Year
1:
No adjustment necessary
Year 2:
No adjustment necessary. GC Advisors would not be paid on the $1 million unrealized gain on Investment B.
Year 3:
No adjustment necessary. GC Advisors would not be paid on the $3 million unrealized gain on Investment B.
Year 4:
No adjustment necessary
Example 3 - Subordinated
Liquidation Incentive Fee:
Alternative 1
Assumptions
Year 1:
$20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”). Investment A, Investment B, and Investment C disposed of in a liquidation (as defined in the Investment Advisory Agreement) for total proceeds of $55 million within six months of a Liquidity Event.
Both prior to and following a Liquidity Event, the Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee, if any, would be:
Year 1:
No Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee payable as liquidation proceeds of $55 million are less than adjusted capital immediately prior to liquidation (Net asset value of $75 million with no unrealized capital appreciation)
Alternative 2
Assumptions
Year
1:
$20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”). Investment A, Investment B, and Investment C disposed of in a liquidation (as defined in the Investment Advisory Agreement) for total proceeds of $80 million within six months of a Liquidity Event.
Prior to a Liquidity Event, the Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee, if any, would be:
Year 1:
$500,000
Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee (10% multiplied by $80 million liquidation proceeds less adjusted capital immediately prior to liquidation (Net asset value of $75 million and no unrealized capital appreciation))
Following a Liquidity Event, the Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee, if any, would be:
Year 1:
$1 million Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee (20% multiplied by $80 million liquidation proceeds less adjusted capital immediately prior to liquidation (Net asset value of $75 million and no unrealized capital appreciation))
Alternative
3
Assumptions
Year 1:
$20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”) and we complete an initial public offering of our common stock or listing of our common stock on a national securities exchange.
Year 2:
Investment A, Investment B, and Investment
C disposed of in a liquidation (as defined in the Investment Advisory Agreement) for total proceeds of $80 million.
The Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee, if any, would be:
Year 1:
None (no sales transactions)
Year 2:
No Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee is payable on any liquidation occurring more than six months after the closing of a Liquidity Event.
Payment
of Our Expenses
All investment professionals of GC Advisors and/or its affiliates, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to us, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of personnel allocable to these services to us, are provided and paid for by GC Advisors and/or its affiliates and not by us. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Overview - Expenses.”
Duration and Termination
Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, of us or GC Advisors. The Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by GC Advisors and could be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, by vote, can also terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement without
penalty.
See “Risk Factors - Risks Relating to our Business and Structure - We are dependent upon GC Advisors for our future success and upon their access to the investment professionals and partners of Golub Capital and its affiliates.”
Indemnification
The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, GC Advisors and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of GC Advisors’ services under
the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser.
Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement
At a meeting of our board of directors held in May 2022, our board of directors voted unanimously to re-approve the Investment Advisory Agreement. In reaching a decision to approve the Investment Advisory Agreement, the board of directors reviewed a significant amount of information and considered, among other things:
•the nature, extent and quality of services provided to us by GC Advisors;
•the relative investment performance of us since inception;
•the relative investment performance
of Golub Capital BDC, Inc., or GBDC and Golub Capital Investment Corporation, or GCIC, each of which are business development companies advised by GC Advisors, with GCIC merging with and into GBDC in September 2019;
•the fees paid by other comparable business development companies; and
•various other matters.
Based on the information reviewed and the considerations detailed above, our board of directors, including all of the directors who are not “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, of us or GC Advisors, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates and terms are fair and reasonable in relation to the services provided and approved the Investment Advisory Agreement for a one-year term.
Administration
Agreement
Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, the Administrator furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and provides clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the Administrator assists us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. The Administrator can retain third parties
to assist in providing administrative services to us. To the extent that the Administrator outsources any of its functions, we pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Administrator. We reimburse the Administrator for the allocable portion (subject to review and approval of our board of directors) of the Administrator’s overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. Our board of directors reviews the expenses reimbursed to the Administrator, including any allocation of expenses among us and other entities for which the Administrator provides similar services, to determine that these expenses are reasonable and comparable to administrative services charged
by unaffiliated third-party asset managers. In addition, if requested to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, the Administrator is paid an additional amount based on the cost of the services provided, which shall not exceed the amount we receive from such portfolio companies for providing this assistance. In May 2022, the Administration Agreement was renewed for a one-year term with the unanimous approval of our board of directors. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party.
The
Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Administrator and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Administrator’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as our administrator.
License Agreement
We have entered into a license agreement with Golub Capital LLC under which Golub Capital LLC has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Golub Capital”. Under
this agreement, we will have a right to use the “Golub Capital” name and the agreement will remain in effect for so long as GC Advisors or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Golub Capital” name.
Staffing Agreement
We do not have any internal management capacity or employees. We depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the senior investment professionals of GC Advisors to achieve our investment objective. GC Advisors is an affiliate of Golub Capital LLC and depends upon access to the investment professionals and other resources of Golub Capital LLC and its affiliates to fulfill its obligations to us under the Investment Advisory Agreement. GC Advisors also depends upon Golub Capital LLC to obtain access to
deal flow generated by the professionals of Golub Capital LLC and its affiliates. Under the Staffing Agreement, Golub Capital LLC provides GC Advisors with the resources necessary to fulfill these obligations. The Staffing Agreement provides that Golub Capital LLC will make available to GC Advisors experienced investment professionals and access to the senior investment personnel of Golub Capital LLC for purposes of evaluating, negotiating, structuring, closing and monitoring our investments. The Staffing Agreement also includes a commitment that the members of GC Advisors’ investment committee serve in such capacity. The Staffing Agreement remains in effect until terminated and could be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. Services under the Staffing Agreement are provided to GC Advisors on a direct cost reimbursement basis, and such fees are not our obligation.
REGULATION
General
We
are a business development company under the 1940 Act and have elected to be treated as a RIC under the Code. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between business development companies and their affiliates (including any investment advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors of a business development company be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we cannot change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a business development company without the approval of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.
We can invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such
securities, we could, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter,” as that term is defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we could enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate or foreign currency fluctuations. However, we could purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we could acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company in excess of the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. With regard to that portion
of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments could subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies, or any of our other policies, is fundamental and each could be changed without stockholder approval. To the extent we adopt any fundamental policies; no person from whom we borrow will have, in his or her capacity as lender or debt holder, either a veto power or a vote in approving or changing any of our fundamental policies.
Under
the 1940 Act, a business development company is restricted from acquiring any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are the following:
(1)Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as could be
prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer that:
ais organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;
bis not an investment company (other than a small business investment company, or SBIC, wholly owned by the business development company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and
csatisfies either of the following:
idoes not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or has any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange subject to a $250.0 million market capitalization maximum; or
iiis
controlled by a business development company or a group of companies including a business development company, the business development company actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the eligible portfolio company, and, as a result, the business development company has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.
(2)Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.
(3)Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident to such a private transaction, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without
material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.
(4)Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.
(5)Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.
(6)Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities that mature in one year or less from the date of investment.
The regulations defining and interpreting qualifying assets can change over time. We could adjust our
investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.
We look through our consolidated subsidiaries to the underlying holdings (considered together with portfolio assets held outside of our consolidated subsidiaries) for purposes of determining compliance with the 70% qualifying assets requirement of the 1940 Act. At least 70% of our assets will be eligible assets.
Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies
A business development company must have been organized and have its principal place of business
in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the business development company must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities significant managerial assistance; except that, when the business development company purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group could make available such managerial assistance. Making available significant managerial assistance means any arrangement whereby
the business development company, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. The Administrator or an affiliate of the Administrator provides such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.
Temporary Investments
Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments could consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary
investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets or temporary investments. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, so long as the agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that could be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would generally not meet the diversification tests described in Section 851(b)(3) of the Code in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly,
we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. GC Advisors will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.
Senior Securities
We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% (or 150% upon receipt of certain approvals and subject to the requirement that we make an offer to repurchase the shares of our stockholders) immediately after each such issuance (or such other percentage as could be prescribed by law from time to time). As of September 30, 2022, our asset coverage for borrowed amounts was 212.7%.
In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We can also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage, provided that any such borrowings in excess of 5% of the value of our total assets would be subject to the asset coverage ratio requirements of the 1940 Act, even if for temporary or emergency purposes. We consolidate our financial results with all of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, including GBDC 3 Funding, GBDC 3 Holdings, the 2022 Issuer, the 2021 Issuer and 2021 CLO Depositor for financial
reporting purposes and measure our compliance with the leverage test applicable to business development companies under the 1940 Act on a consolidated basis. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors - Risks Relating to our Business and Structure - Regulations governing our operation as a business development company affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital exposes us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.”
Codes of Ethics
We and GC Advisors have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each code can invest in securities
for their personal investment accounts, including securities purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You can read and copy the code of ethics from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. See “Business — General — Information Available.” In addition, each code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to GC Advisors. The proxy voting policies and procedures of GC Advisors are set out below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by GC Advisors and our directors who are not “interested persons” and, accordingly, are subject to change.
As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, GC Advisors has a fiduciary duty to act solely in our best interests. As part of this duty, GC Advisors recognizes that it must vote our securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests.
GC Advisors’ policies and procedures for voting proxies for its investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.
Proxy Policies
GC Advisors votes proxies relating to our portfolio securities in what it perceives to be the best interest of our stockholders. GC Advisors
reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a stockholder vote to determine its effect on the portfolio securities we hold. In most cases GC Advisors will vote in favor of proposals that GC Advisors believes are likely to increase the value of the portfolio securities we hold. Although GC Advisors will generally vote against proposals that could have a negative effect on our portfolio securities, GC Advisors could vote for such a proposal if there exist compelling long-term reasons to do so.
Our proxy voting decisions are made by GC Advisors’ chief executive officer and president. To ensure that GC Advisors’ vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, GC Advisors requires that (1) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to its chief compliance officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested
party regarding a proxy vote and (2) employees involved in the decision-making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how GC Advisors intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties. Where conflicts of interest could be present, GC Advisors will disclose such conflicts to us, including our independent directors, and could request guidance from us on how to vote such proxies.
Proxy Voting Records
You can obtain information without charge about how GC Advisors voted proxies during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30, 2022 by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., Attention: Investor Relations, 200 Park Avenue, 25th Floor, New
York, NY10166, or by calling Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc. collect at (212) 750-6060.
Privacy Principles
We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and to safeguarding their nonpublic personal information.
We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to employees of GC Advisors and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. We will maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information
of our stockholders.
Other
Under the 1940 Act, we are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a business development company, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.
We and GC Advisors are required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of relevant federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation, and designate a chief compliance
officer to be responsible for administering these policies and procedures.
We could also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the business development company prohibition on transactions with affiliates to prohibit “joint transactions” among entities that share a common investment adviser. The staff of the SEC has granted no-action relief pursuant to which purchases by us and other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates
of a single class of privately placed securities are permitted provided that the adviser negotiates no term other than price and certain other conditions are met. Any co-investment would be made subject to compliance with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. If opportunities arise that would otherwise be appropriate for us and for another account sponsored or managed by GC Advisors to make different investments in the same issuer, GC Advisors will need to decide which account will proceed with the investment. Moreover, in certain circumstances, we could be unable to invest in an issuer in which another account sponsored or managed by GC Advisors has previously invested.
On February 27, 2017, GC Advisors and
certain other funds and accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates, received exemptive relief from the SEC that permits us greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. We believe that co-investment by us and accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates could afford us additional investment opportunities and the ability to achieve greater diversification. Under the terms of this exemptive relief, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors is required to make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including
that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment strategies and policies.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, imposes a variety of regulatory requirements on companies with a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:
•pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act our principal executive officer and principal
financial officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;
•pursuant to Item 307 under Regulation S-K under the Securities Act our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;
•pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; and
•pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to
the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated under such act. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we comply with that act.
JOBS Act
We currently are and expect to remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, until the earliest of:
•The last day
of our fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of an initial public offering of shares of our common stock occurs;
•The end of the fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues first exceed $1.235 billion;
•The date on which we have, during the prior three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt; and
•The last day of a fiscal year in which we (1) have an aggregate worldwide market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more, computed at the end of each fiscal year as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and (2) have been an Exchange Act reporting company for at least one year (and filed at least one annual report under the Exchange Act).
Under the JOBS Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank, we can take advantage of an exemption from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which would require that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, until such time as we cease to be an emerging growth company and become an accelerated filer as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act. This could increase the risk that material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected.
Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are eligible to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private
companies. We have made an irrevocable election not to take advantage of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards. We therefore are subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our shares of common stock. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, we have not described certain considerations that could be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax,
tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market their securities holdings, pension plans and trusts, persons that have a functional currency (as defined in Section 985 of the Code) other than the U.S. dollar and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding any offering of our securities. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It
does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets. For purposes of this discussion, references to “dividends” are to dividends within the meaning of the U.S. federal income tax laws and associated regulations and can include amounts subject to treatment as a return of capital under section 19(a) of the 1940 Act.
A “U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
•a citizen or individual resident of the United States;
•a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or
under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
•an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
•a trust if either a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. person prior to that date, and has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.
A “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder.
If
a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective investor that is a partner in a partnership that will hold shares of our common stock should consult its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.
Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares of common stock will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for
the benefits of any applicable tax treaty, and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.
As a business development company, we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to our stockholders as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to our stockholders. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet
certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes of an amount at least equal to 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses and determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, or the Annual Distribution Requirement. Although not required for us to maintain our RIC tax status, in order to preclude the imposition of a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax imposed on RICs, we must timely distribute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to our stockholders in respect of each calendar year of an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (2)
98.2% of the excess (if any) of our realized capital gains over our realized capital losses, or capital gain net income (adjusted for certain ordinary losses), generally for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) the sum of any net ordinary income plus capital gains net income for preceding years that were recognized but not distributed during such years and on which we did not incur any liability to pay federal income tax, or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.
Taxation as a RIC
If we:
•qualify as a RIC; and
•satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement;
then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion
of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain, defined as net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses, we timely distribute as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to our stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on any net income or net capital gain not distributed as dividends to our stockholders.
In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:
•qualify and have in effect an election to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;
•derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains
from the sale of stock or other securities, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends and other permitted RIC income), or the 90% Income Test; and
•diversify our holdings, so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:
◦at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding
voting securities of the issuer; and
◦no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Diversification Tests").
We can invest in partnerships, including qualified publicly traded partnerships, which could result in our being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or other tax liabilities.
In addition, we are subject to ordinary income and capital gain distribution requirements under U.S. federal excise tax rules for
each calendar year. If we do not meet the required distributions we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on the undistributed amount. The failure to meet U.S. federal excise tax distribution requirements will not cause
us to lose our RIC status, and we could choose to retain taxable income or capital gains in excess of current year distributions into the next tax year in an amount less than what would trigger payments of federal income tax under Subchapter M of the Code. We could then be required to pay a 4% excise tax on such income or capital gains.
A
RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its investment company taxable income. If our deductible expenses in a given taxable year exceed our investment company taxable income, we could incur a net operating loss for that taxable year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent taxable years and such net operating losses do not pass through to its stockholders. In addition, deductible expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain. A RIC cannot use any net capital losses (that is, the excess of realized capital losses over realized capital gains) to offset its investment company taxable income, but could carry forward such net capital losses, and use them to offset future capital gains, indefinitely. Due to these limits on deductibility of expenses and net capital losses, we could for tax purposes have aggregate taxable income for several taxable years that we are
required to distribute and that is taxable to our stockholders even if such taxable income is greater than the net income we actually earn during those taxable years.
Any underwriting fees paid by us are not deductible in computing our investment company taxable income. We could be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt instruments that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, with increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment
company taxable income for the taxable year of accrual, we could be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. Furthermore, a portfolio company in which we hold equity or debt instruments could face financial difficulty that requires us to work out, modify, or otherwise restructure such equity or debt instruments. Any such restructuring could, depending upon the terms of the restructuring, cause us to incur unusable or nondeductible losses or recognize future non-cash taxable income.
Certain of our investment practices could be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that could, among other things, (1) treat dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income as non-qualified dividend income, (2) treat dividends that would
otherwise be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction as ineligible for such treatment, (3) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (4) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (5) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (6) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (7) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (8) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (9) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We intend to monitor our transactions and could make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC. There can be no assurance that we will
be eligible for any such tax elections or that any adverse effects of these provisions will be mitigated.
Certain distributions reported by us as Section 163(j) interest dividends may be treated as interest income by stockholders for purposes of the tax rules applicable to interest expense limitations under Section 163(j) of the Code. Such treatment by the stockholder is generally subject to holding period requirements and other potential limitations, although the holding period requirements are generally not applicable to dividends declared by money market funds and certain other funds that declare dividends daily and pay such dividends on a monthly or more frequent basis. The amount that we are eligible to report as a Section 163(j) dividend for a tax year is generally limited to the excess of our business interest income over the sum of our (i) business interest expense and (ii) other deductions properly
allocable to our business interest income.
We can invest a portion of our net assets in below investment grade instruments. Investments in these types of instruments can present special tax issues for us. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when we can cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions can be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. We intend to address these and other issues to the extent necessary in order to seek to ensure that we distribute sufficient income to avoid any material amount of either U.S. federal income tax or 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax.
Gain or loss realized by us from warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term or short-term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.
Our investments in non-U.S. securities could be subject to non-U.S. income, withholding and other taxes. In that case, our yield on those securities would be decreased. U.S. stockholders generally will not be entitled to claim a U.S. foreign tax credit or deduction with respect to non-U.S. taxes paid by us.
If we acquire shares in a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”), we could be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution”
received on, or any gain from the disposition of, such shares even if we distribute such income as a taxable dividend to stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest generally will be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from any such excess distribution or gain. If we invest in the shares of a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed by the QEF. Alternatively, we could elect to mark our shares in a PFIC at the end of each taxable year to market; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent that any such decrease does not exceed prior increases in such value included
in our income. Our ability to make either election will depend on factors beyond our control, and is subject to restrictions which could limit the availability of the benefit of these elections. Under either election, we could be required to recognize in a taxable year income in excess of any distributions we receive from PFICs and any proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that taxable year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of determining whether we satisfy the distribution requirements under U.S. federal excise tax rules.
Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time we accrue income, expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time we actually collect such income or pay such expenses or liabilities are generally
treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency-denominated forward, futures and option contracts, as well as certain other financial instruments, and the disposition of debt obligations denominated in a foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.
Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Business - Regulation - Senior Securities.”
Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements could be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our qualification as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we could make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.
Some of the income and fees that we may recognize, such as fees for providing managerial assistance, certain fees earned with respect to our investments, income recognized in a work-out or restructuring of a portfolio investment, or income recognized from an equity investment in an operating partnership, will not satisfy the 90% Income Test. In order to manage the risk that such income and fees might
disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy the 90% Income Test, we could be required to recognize such income and fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be subject to U.S. corporate income tax as well as state and local tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.
Failure to Qualify as a RIC
If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC and are unable to cure the failure, for example, by disposing of certain investments quickly or raising additional capital to prevent the loss of RIC status, we generally would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. The Code provides some relief from RIC disqualification due to failures to comply with the 90% Income Test and the Diversification
Tests, although there could be additional taxes due in such cases. We cannot assure you that we would qualify for any such relief should we fail the 90% Income Test or the Diversification Tests.
Should failure occur, not only would all our taxable income be subject to tax at regular corporate rates, we would not be able to deduct dividend distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income to the
extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, certain corporate stockholders would be eligible to claim dividends received deduction with respect to such dividends and non-corporate stockholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. If we fail to qualify as a RIC, we could be subject to regular corporate tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of our assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if
we had been liquidated) that we elect to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next five taxable years. The remainder of this discussion assumes that we qualify as a RIC and have satisfied the Annual Distribution Requirement.
Taxation of U.S. Stockholders
Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our net ordinary income plus net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate stockholders (including individuals)
are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations and if certain holding period requirements are met, such distributions generally will be treated as qualified dividend income and generally eligible for a maximum U.S. federal tax rate of either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual shareholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts, and if other applicable requirements are met, such distributions generally will be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction to the extent such dividends have been paid by a U.S. corporation. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the preferential maximum U.S. federal tax rate applicable to non-corporate stockholders as well as will not be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction.
Distributions
of our net capital gains (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly designated by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains (currently generally at a maximum rate of either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual shareholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts) in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder. Stockholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock
purchased in the market should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the stockholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Stockholders receiving dividends in newly issued shares of our common stock will be treated as receiving a distribution equal to the value of the shares received, and should have a cost basis of such amount.
Although we currently intend to distribute any net capital gains at least annually, we can in the future decide to retain some or all of our net capital gains but designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include their share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been distributed
to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to their allocable share of the tax paid on the deemed distribution by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for their common stock. Since we expect to pay tax on any retained net capital gains at our regular corporate tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individual stockholders will be treated as having paid and for which they will receive a credit will exceed the tax they owe on the retained net capital gain. Such excess generally could be claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations or could be refunded to the extent it exceeds a stockholder’s liability for U.S. federal income tax. A stockholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or otherwise
required to file a U.S. federal income tax return would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”
For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any tax year and (2) the amount
of capital gain dividends paid for that tax year, we could, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following tax year as if it had been paid during the tax year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the tax year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following calendar year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which the dividend was declared.
If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares of our common stock will include the value of the distribution and the investor
will be subject to tax on the distribution even though it represents a return of their investment.
A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of their shares of our common stock. Any gain or loss arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held their shares of common stock for more than one year. Otherwise, it would be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock could be disallowed
if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the common stock acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss.
In general, individual U.S. stockholders are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of either 15% or 20% (depending on whether the individual U.S. stockholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts) on their net capital gain, i.e., the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year, including a long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares of common stock. Such rate is lower than the maximum federal income tax rate on ordinary taxable income currently payable by individuals. Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to
U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 21% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate stockholders incurring net capital losses for a tax year (i.e., net capital losses in excess of net capital gains) generally can deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each tax year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally could be carried forward and used in subsequent tax years as provided in the Code. Corporate stockholders generally cannot deduct any net capital losses for a tax year, but can carry back such losses for three tax years or carry forward such losses for five tax years.
We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice detailing, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s
taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the U.S. federal tax status of each calendar year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Distributions can also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation. Dividends distributed by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the lower tax rates applicable to certain qualified dividends.
Until and unless we are treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company” (within the meaning of Section 67 of the Code) as a result of either (i) shares of our common stock and our preferred stock collectively being held by at least 500 persons at all times during a taxable year or (ii) shares of our common stock being treated as regularly traded on an established securities market for any taxable year, for purposes of
computing the taxable income of U.S. stockholders that are individuals, trusts or estates, (i) our earnings will be computed without taking into account such U.S. stockholders’ allocable shares of the management and incentive fees paid to our investment adviser and certain of our other expenses, (ii) each such U.S. stockholder will be treated as having received or accrued a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. stockholder’s allocable share of these fees and expenses for such taxable year, (iii) each such U.S. stockholder will be treated as having paid or incurred such U.S. stockholder’s allocable share of these fees and expenses for the calendar year and (iv) each such U.S. stockholder’s allocable share of these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions by such U.S. stockholder. We expect to be treated as a “publically offered regulated company” (within the meaning of Section 67 of the Code). For taxable years beginning before
2026, miscellaneous itemized deductions generally are not deductible by a U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate. For taxable years beginning in 2026 or later, miscellaneous itemized deductions are deductible only to the extent that the aggregate of such U.S. stockholder’s miscellaneous itemized deductions exceeds 2% of such U.S. stockholder’s adjusted gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are not deductible for purposes of determining a U.S. stockholder’s liability for the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax and are subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions under Section 68 of the Code.
Backup
withholding, currently at a rate of 24%, could be applicable to all taxable distributions to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is not an additional tax and is generally allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and could entitle such stockholder to a refund, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.
If a U.S. stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of our common stock of $2 million or more
for an individual stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate stockholder, the stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct stockholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a RIC are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their specific circumstances.
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from us and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of our shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s
“modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.
Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders
Whether an investment in the shares of our common stock is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares of our common stock by a Non-U.S. stockholder could have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our common stock.
Subject to the discussion below, distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. stockholders (including interest income, net short-term capital gain or foreign-source dividend and interest income, which generally would be free of withholding if paid
to Non-U.S. stockholders directly) will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder, in which case the distributions will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. In that case, we will not be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors.
Certain properly reported dividends received by a Non-U.S. stockholder generally are exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when
they (1) are paid in respect of our “qualified net interest income” (generally, our U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we or the non-U.S. stockholder are at least a 10% stockholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (2) are paid in connection with our “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our long-term capital loss for a tax year) as well as if certain other requirements are satisfied. Nevertheless, it should be noted that in the case of shares of our stock held through an intermediary, the intermediary could have withheld U.S. federal income tax even if we reported the payment as an interest-related dividend or short-term capital gain dividend. Moreover, depending on the circumstances, we could report all, some or none of our potentially eligible dividends as derived
from such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding.
Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, will not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case could be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States or, in the case of an individual Non-U.S. stockholder, the stockholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of the sale or capital gain dividend and certain other conditions
are met.
If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we could do in the future), a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S.
federal
income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business could, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty).
A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, could be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with a U.S. nonresident withholding tax certification (e.g., an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise
establishes an exemption from backup withholding.
Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, the applicable withholding agent is generally required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) with respect to payments of dividends made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. The information required to be reported include the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder and transaction activity within the holder’s account. Stockholders could be requested to provide additional information to enable the applicable withholding agent to determine whether withholding is required.
An investment in shares by a non-U.S. person could also be subject to U.S. federal estate
tax. Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax, U.S. federal estate tax, withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.
You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the other reports and documents
filed by us with the SEC. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us could also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors described below are the principal risk factors associated with an investment in us as well as those factors generally associated with an investment company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours.
We are subject to risks associated with the current interest rate environment and to the extent we use debt to finance our investments, changes in interest rates will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.
To the extent we borrow money or issue debt securities or preferred stock to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds or pay interest or dividends on such debt securities or preferred stock and the rate at which we invest these funds. In addition, many of our debt investments and borrowings have floating interest rates that reset on a periodic basis, and many of our investments are subject to interest rate floors. As a result, a change
in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds will increase because the interest rates on the amounts borrowed under our credit facilities or certain other financing arrangements are typically floating, which could reduce our net investment income to the extent any debt investments have fixed interest rates, and the interest rate on investments with an interest rate floor above current levels will not increase until interest rates exceed the applicable floor.
We can use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques could include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and applicable commodities laws. These activities could limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect
to the hedged borrowings. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
You should also be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates typically will lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments, which could result in an increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to GC Advisors. In addition, a decline in the prices of the debt we own could adversely affect our net asset value. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our distribution rate, which could reduce the value of our common stock.
We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result
in losses.
A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we plan to make, and we believe that recent market trends, including sustained periods of low interest rates, have increased the number of competitors seeking to invest in loans to private, middle-market companies in the United States. We compete with public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some of our competitors could have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors could have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments
and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company or the source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our qualification as a RIC. The competitive pressures we face could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities that arise from time to time, and we can provide no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective. An excess of the amount of capital in the private debt markets and overall competition for loans could result in short term returns for us that are lower than our long-term targets.
In the event these conditions continue for an extended amount of time, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Identifying, structuring and consummating investments involves competition among capital providers and market and transaction uncertainty. GC Advisors can provide no assurance that it will be able to identify a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities or to avoid prepayment of existing investments to satisfy our investment objectives, including as necessary to effectively structure credit facilities or other forms of leverage. This could result in GC Advisors calling a smaller portion of capital commitments in the private placement of our common stock or calling capital commitments more slowly than it otherwise would.
The loan origination market is very competitive, which can result in loan
terms that are more favorable to borrowers, and conversely less favorable to lenders, such as lower interest rates and fees, weaker borrower financial and other covenants, borrower rights to cure defaults, and other terms more favorable to borrowers than current or historical norms. Increased competition could cause us to make more loans that are “cov-lite” in nature and, in a distressed scenario, there can be no assurance that these loans will retain the same value as loans with a full package of covenants.
As a result of these conditions, the market for leveraged loans could
become less advantageous than expected for us, and this could increase default rates, decrease recovery rates or otherwise harm our returns. The risk of prepayment is also higher in the current competitive environment if borrowers are offered more favorable terms by other lenders. The financial markets have experienced substantial fluctuations in prices and liquidity for leveraged loans. Any further disruption in the credit and other financial markets could have substantial negative effects on general economic conditions, the availability of required capital for companies and the operating performance of such companies. These conditions also could result in increased default rates and credit downgrades, and affect the liquidity and pricing of the investments made by us. Conversely, periods of economic stability and increased competition among capital providers could increase the difficulty of locating investments that are desirable for us.
With
respect to the investments we make, we do not seek to compete based primarily on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors could make loans with interest rates that will be lower than the rates we offer. In the secondary market for acquiring existing loans, we compete generally on the basis of pricing terms. With respect to all investments, we could lose some investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we could experience decreased net interest income, lower yields and increased risk of credit loss. We will also compete for investment opportunities with accounts managed or sponsored by GC Advisors or its affiliates. Although GC Advisors allocates opportunities in accordance with its allocation policy, allocations to such other accounts will reduce the amount and frequency of opportunities available to us and thus not necessarily
be in the best interests of us and our securityholders. Moreover, the performance of investments will not be known at the time of allocation.
Rising interest rates could affect the value of our investments and make it more difficult for portfolio companies to make periodic payments on their loans.
Interest rate risk refers to the risk of market changes in interest rates. Interest rate changes affect the value of debt. In general, rising interest rates will negatively impact the price of fixed rate debt, and falling interest rates will have a positive effect on price. Adjustable rate debt also reacts to interest rate changes in a similar manner, although generally to a lesser degree. Interest rate sensitivity is generally larger and less predictable in debt with uncertain payment or prepayment schedules. Further, rising interest rates make it more difficult for borrowers to repay
debt, which could increase the risk of payment defaults. Any failure of one or more portfolio companies to repay or refinance its debt at or prior to maturity or the inability of one or more portfolio companies to make ongoing payments following an increase in contractual interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are subject to risks associated with the discontinuation of LIBOR, which will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.
In July 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority, or the FCA, announced its intention to cease sustaining the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, by the end of 2021.
As of January 1, 2022, USD LIBOR is available in five settings (overnight, one-month, three-month,
six-month and 12-month). The ICE Benchmark Administration (“IBA”) has stated that it will cease to publish all remaining USD LIBOR settings immediately following their publication on June 30, 2023. As of January 1, 2022, all non-USD LIBOR reference rates in all settings ceased to be published.
In April 2018, the New York Federal Reserve Bank began publishing its alternative rate, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR. The Bank of England followed suit in April 2018 by publishing its proposed alternative rate, the Sterling Overnight Index Average, or SONIA. Each of SOFR and SONIA significantly differ from LIBOR, both in the actual rate and how it is calculated, and therefore it is unclear whether and when markets will adopt either of these rates as a widely accepted
replacement for LIBOR.
As such, when LIBOR is discontinued, if a replacement rate is not widely agreed upon or if a replacement rate is significantly different from LIBOR, it could cause a disruption in the credit markets generally. Such a disruption could also negatively impact the market value and/or transferability of our portfolio company investments. Furthermore, disruptions related to loans and/or other debt financing securitizations (CLOs) in the marketplace could have a material adverse effect on the ability of GC Advisors or its affiliates to enter into loans in the future in accordance with our investment strategy and have a material adverse effect on us. We could also be materially and adversely impacted to the extent GC Advisors or its affiliates are unable to successfully implement an acceptable replacement rate in leverage utilized by us or if there is a prolonged period of mismatch on the interest rates payable
on our leverage and our portfolio investments as a result of the discontinued publication of LIBOR results in a decrease in our net investment income and distributions we are able to pay to our stockholders.
We are dependent upon GC Advisors for our success and upon its access to the investment professionals and partners of Golub Capital and its affiliates.
We do not have any internal management capacity or employees. We rely on GC Advisors to manage and conduct our affairs and make all
investment decisions. Subject to the oversight of our board of directors, GC Advisors has sole discretion in originating, structuring, negotiating, purchasing, financing and eventually divesting our investments, and our investors will not be able to evaluate for themselves the merits of particular investments prior to us making such investments. We depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the senior investment professionals of GC Advisors to achieve our investment objective. GC Advisors’ investment committee, which consists of two members of our board of directors and additional employees of Golub Capital LLC, provides oversight over our investment activities. We also cannot assure you that we will replicate the historical results achieved by members of the investment committee, and we caution you that our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved by them in prior periods. We expect that GC Advisors will evaluate,
negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments in accordance with the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement. We can offer no assurance, however, that the senior investment professionals of GC Advisors will continue to provide investment advice to us. If these individuals do not maintain their existing relationships with Golub Capital LLC and its affiliates and do not develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we can provide no assurance that GC Advisors or its affiliates will be able to identify appropriate replacements or grow our investment portfolio. The loss of any member of GC Advisors’ investment committee or of other senior investment professionals of GC Advisors and its affiliates would limit our ability to achieve our investment objective and operate as we anticipate. This could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The
Staffing Agreement provides that Golub Capital LLC makes available to GC Advisors experienced investment professionals and provides access to the senior investment personnel of Golub Capital LLC for purposes of evaluating, negotiating, structuring, closing and monitoring our investments. We are not a party to the Staffing Agreement and cannot assure you that Golub Capital LLC will fulfill its obligations under the agreement. If Golub Capital LLC fails to perform, we cannot assure you that GC Advisors will enforce the Staffing Agreement, that such agreement will not be terminated by either party or that we will continue to have access to the investment professionals of Golub Capital LLC and its affiliates or their information and deal flow.
Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships with sponsors and investing in companies backed by private equity sponsors. Any inability of GC Advisors
to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.
GC Advisors is highly dependent on relationships with private equity sponsors in connection with the sourcing of investments. If private equity sponsors find new sources of debt capital that are more advantageous to them, or if GC Advisors suffers reputational harm such that it becomes a less attractive source of capital for private equity sponsors, GC Advisors could have difficulty finding and sourcing new middle-market debt investments. Private equity sponsors could experience financial distress, which could be related or unrelated to the portfolio companies to which we have exposure. Once in financial distress, such sponsors likely would be unable to provide the same level of managerial, operating or financial support to such portfolio companies, resulting in an increased
risk of default or inability to repay remaining principal at maturity.
From time to time, we expect to have direct or indirect exposure to companies controlled by private equity sponsors in which the sponsors have completed one or more dividend recapitalizations, thereby allowing the private equity sponsor to substantially reduce or eliminate its net investment in an underlying portfolio company. These investments generally present different investment characteristics to us than investments where a private equity sponsor retains a significant net contributed capital position in the company. These investments could experience a higher rate of default. Even when a default does not occur, private equity sponsors could be less willing to provide ongoing financial, managerial or operating support to a portfolio company after it has received one
or more capital distributions on its investment.
We believe that purchase price multiples of companies (as measured by the price paid by a private equity sponsor to purchase a company divided by the company’s trailing twelve-month earnings) to which we have direct or indirect exposure are close to all-time highs. When considering the appropriate amount of financing to provide a prospective borrower, GC Advisors considers the value cushion as measured by the difference between the enterprise value of the company and the total amount of financing. If market purchase price multiples decline or if a portfolio company experiences financial distress, the value cushion supporting our investment could deteriorate and the investment could become impaired, resulting
in losses for us. The risk of such losses for us are greater during periods when purchase price multiples are close to all-time highs.
We can provide no assurance that we will be able to replicate the historical results achieved by other entities managed or sponsored by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, or by GC Advisors or its affiliates.
Investors are cautioned that past investment performance of similar portfolios and other investment vehicles managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates is not indicative of how we will perform.
Our investments could differ from some existing accounts and funds that are or have been sponsored or managed by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or affiliates of GC Advisors. Investors in our securities are not acquiring an interest in any accounts that are or have been sponsored or managed by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or affiliates of GC Advisors. We often co-invest in portfolio investments with other accounts sponsored or managed by members of GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates. Such investments are subject to regulatory limitations and approvals by directors who are not “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act. We can offer no assurance, however, that we will obtain such approvals or develop opportunities that comply with such limitations. We also cannot assure you that we will replicate the historical results achieved by us or by members of the investment committee,
and we caution you that our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved in prior periods. Additionally, all or a portion of the prior results were achieved in particular market conditions that might never be repeated. Moreover, current or future market volatility and regulatory uncertainty can have an adverse impact on our future performance.
Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows depend on our ability to manage our business effectively.
Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our ability to manage our business and to grow. This depends, in turn, on GC Advisors’ ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objectives on a cost-effective basis depends upon GC Advisors’ execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent,
attentive and efficient services to us and, to a lesser extent, our access to financing on acceptable terms. GC Advisors has substantial responsibilities under the Investment Advisory Agreement, as well as responsibilities in connection with the management of other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors, members of GC Advisors’ investment committee or Golub Capital LLC. The personnel of the Administrator and its affiliates could be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These activities could distract them or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
There are significant potential conflicts of interest as a result of our arrangements with GC Advisors and its affiliates and GC Advisors’ investment committee that could
affect our investment returns.
As a result of our arrangements with GC Advisors and its affiliates and GC Advisors’ investment committee, there will be times when GC Advisors or such persons have interests that differ from those of our security holders, giving rise to a conflict of interest, many of which are described in the following risk factors. GC Advisors attempts to identify, monitor and mitigate conflicts of interest. Further, GC Advisors has implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure its clients are treated fairly and equitably over time. GC Advisors believes that these factors, together with Golub Capital’s commitment to put investors first, effectively mitigate the risks associated with such conflicts of interest. However, it can be difficult to ensure that conflicts of interest do not adversely affect us.
There are conflicts related to the obligations
of GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates have to other clients and conflicts related to fees and expenses of such other clients.
The members of GC Advisors’ investment committee serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do or of accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates. Currently, our directors and certain of our officers also serve as directors and officers of GBDC, GDLC, GBDC 4, and GDLCU, each a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has also elected to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. Similarly, GC Advisors and its affiliates manage other clients with similar or competing investment objectives.
GC Advisors’ management team will share its time and attention between us and other investment vehicles
and accounts. Neither we nor any investor in us unaffiliated with GC Advisors will have any rights in or to independent ventures of GC Advisors or its affiliates or in the income or profits derived therefrom. GC Advisors does not expect to have any dedicated personnel who spend all or substantially all of their time managing our investing activities.
In serving in these multiple capacities, GC Advisors and its personnel have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which could conflict with the best interests of us or our stockholders. Economic disruption and uncertainty precipitated by certain events, including for example the COVID-19 pandemic, could require GC Advisors and its affiliates to devote additional time and focus to existing portfolio companies in which other funds and accounts managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates hold investments. The allocation of time and
focus by personnel of GC Advisors and its affiliates to existing portfolio company investments held by other funds and accounts could reduce the time that such individuals have to spend on our investing activities.
Our investment objective overlaps with the investment objectives of other affiliated accounts. For example, GC Advisors and its affiliates currently manage GBDC, GDLC, GDLCU, GBDC 4 and multiple private funds and separate accounts that pursue an investment strategy similar to ours, some of which will seek additional capital from time to time. We compete with these and other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, GC Advisors and its affiliates face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among us and other accounts
advised by or affiliated with GC Advisors and, in certain circumstances, in the timing of the sale of an investment. Certain of these accounts provide for higher management or incentive fees, allow GC Advisors to recover greater expense reimbursements or overhead allocations, and/or permit GC Advisors and its affiliates to receive higher origination and other transaction fees, all of which could contribute to this conflict of interest and create an incentive for GC Advisors to favor such other accounts. For example, the 1940 Act restricts GC Advisors from receiving more than a 1% fee in connection with loans that we acquire, or originate, a limitation that does not exist for certain other accounts. GC Advisors seeks to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, we can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably
in the short-term or over time, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to participate in all investment opportunities that are suitable to us. Furthermore, because allocations under GC Advisors’ allocation policy are based on total capital of the relevant investing funds, including us, we expect to receive smaller allocations relative to larger accounts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows during such ramp-up period. With respect to the sale of investments, the sale of an investment by one account advised by GC Advisors or its affiliates could potentially adversely affect the market value of the interests in such investment that continue to be held by other accounts, including us.
GC Advisors’ investment committee, GC Advisors or its affiliates could, from time to time, possess material non-public information, limiting our investment
discretion.
Principals of GC Advisors and its affiliates and members of GC Advisors’ investment committee could serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. In the event that material non-public information is obtained with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition could have an adverse effect on us.
Our management and incentive fee structure creates incentives for GC Advisors that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders and could induce GC Advisors to make certain investments, including speculative investments.
In
the course of our investing activities, we pay management and incentive fees to GC Advisors. The management fee is based on our average adjusted gross assets and the incentive fee is computed and paid on income and capital gains, both of which include leverage. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one could achieve through direct investments. Because these fees are based on the fair value of our average adjusted gross assets, GC Advisors benefits when we incur debt or use leverage. The use of leverage increases the likelihood of default on our debt or other leverage, which would disfavor our securityholders.
Additionally, the incentive fee payable by us to GC Advisors could create an incentive for GC Advisors to cause us to realize capital gains or losses that are not in the
best interests of us or our stockholders. Under the incentive fee structure, GC Advisors benefits when we recognize capital gains and, because GC Advisors determines when an investment is sold, GC Advisors controls the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our stockholders’ interests by monitoring how GC Advisors addresses these and other conflicts of interest associated with its management services and compensation.
The part of the management and incentive fees payable to GC Advisors that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that includes interest income that has been accrued but not yet received in cash, such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends, zero coupon securities and other deferred interest instruments. This compensation arrangement creates an incentive for GC Advisors to
make investments on our behalf that are riskier or more speculative, including debt financings that provide for deferred interest, rather than current cash payments of interest. Under these investments, we accrue the interest over the life of the investment but do not receive the cash income from the investment until the end of the term. Our net investment income used to calculate the income portion of our investment fee, however, includes accrued interest. GC Advisors has an incentive to invest in
deferred interest securities in circumstances where it would not have done so but for
the opportunity to continue to earn the fees even when the issuers of the deferred interest securities would not be able to make actual cash payments to us on such securities. This risk could be increased because GC Advisors is not obligated to reimburse us for any fees received even if we subsequently incur losses or never receive in cash the deferred income that was previously accrued.
Our securities could be purchased by GC Advisors or its affiliates.
Affiliates of GC Advisors have purchased, and GC Advisors and its affiliates in the future expect to purchase, certain of our securities. The purchase of our securities, including shares of our common stock, by GC Advisors and its affiliates could create certain risks. For example, GC Advisors and its affiliates could have an interest in disposing of our securities at a date that differs from that of our other investors so as to
recover their investment in such securities.
The valuation process for certain of our portfolio holdings creates a conflict of interest.
The majority of our portfolio investments are in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. As a result, our board of directors determines the fair value of these securities in good faith. Valuations of private investments and private companies require judgment, are inherently uncertain, often fluctuate and are frequently based on estimates. It is possible that determinations of fair value will differ materially from the values that would have been used if an active market for these investments existed. If determinations regarding the fair value of investments were materially higher than the values that were ultimately realized upon the sale of such investments, the returns to our investors would be adversely affected.
In
connection with that determination, investment professionals from GC Advisors will provide our board of directors with portfolio company valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. The participation of GC Advisors’ investment professionals in our valuation process, and the indirect pecuniary interest in GC Advisors by Lawrence E. Golub and David B. Golub, results in a conflict of interest as GC Advisors’ management fee is based, in part, on our average adjusted gross assets and our capital gain and subordinated liquidation incentive fees are based, in part, on unrealized gains and losses.
Conflicts related to other arrangements with GC Advisors or its affiliates.
We
have entered into a license agreement with Golub Capital LLC, under which Golub Capital LLC has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Golub Capital” See “Management Agreements — License Agreement”. In addition, we pay to the Administrator our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, such as rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. These arrangements create conflicts of interest, including in the allocation of expenses and the enforcement of the respective agreements, that our board of directors must monitor.
Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted, which could limit the scope of investments available to us.
We
are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our outstanding voting securities is our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. GC Advisors and its affiliates are considered our affiliates for such purposes. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company, without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, the SEC. We are prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to, among others, any person who owns more than 25% of our voting securities or certain of that person’s affiliates,
or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC.
We can, however, invest alongside GC Advisors’ and its affiliates’ other clients in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law, SEC staff, or Staff, interpretations, and any co-investment exemptive relief order from the SEC. For example, we can invest alongside such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the Staff permitting us and such other accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that GC Advisors, acting on our behalf and on behalf of its other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We can also invest alongside GC Advisors’ other clients as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and GC Advisors’ allocation policy. Under this allocation policy, GC Advisors
will determine the amount of any proposed investment to be made by us and similar eligible accounts. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. If sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed investment, the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with GC Advisors’ pre-transaction determination. Where there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to fully satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and other accounts will generally
be made pro rata based on the relative capital available for investment of each of us and such other eligible accounts, subject to minimum and maximum investment size limits. In situations in which co-investment with other entities sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, GC Advisors will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. GC Advisors will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on a basis that will be fair and equitable over time, including, for example, through random or rotational methods. However, we can offer no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.
On
occasion, an investment opportunity will be too large to satisfy our desired position size and that of other investment funds and accounts managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. GC Advisors can provide no assurance that it will be able to identify counterparties to participate in such investment opportunities, and could be required to decline to make investments where it does not believe that it can successfully sell some of the investment opportunity to another market participant.
In situations in which co-investment with other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when, in the absence of the exemptive relief described below, we and such other accounts cannot make investments in the same issuer or where the different investments could be expected to result in a conflict between our interest and those of other accounts, GC Advisors needs to decide whether
we or such other accounts will proceed with such investments. GC Advisors makes these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such investment opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on a basis that is fair and equitable over time, including, for example, through random or rotational methods. Moreover, we generally will be unable to invest in an issuer in which an account sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates has previously invested. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates. These restrictions limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.
We, GC Advisors and certain other funds and accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates, have received exemptive relief from the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments
if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other accounts sponsored or managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Under the terms of this exemptive relief, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors is required to make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment strategies and policies. We believe that co-investment by us and accounts sponsored or managed by GC
Advisors and its affiliates will afford us additional investment opportunities and the ability to achieve greater diversification. There could be many follow-on opportunities available to other entities advised by GC Advisors and its affiliates that are unavailable to us due to the limitations of the exemptive relief granted to GC Advisors and its affiliates.
Although the terms of the exemptive relief require that GC Advisors will be given the opportunity to cause us to participate in certain transactions originated by affiliates of GC Advisors, GC Advisors could determine that we not participate in those transactions and for certain other transactions (as set forth in certain criteria approved by our board of directors) GC Advisors may not have the opportunity to cause us to participate. In addition, even if we and any such other entities sponsored or managed by GC Advisors
or its affiliates invest in the same securities or loans, conflicts of interest could still arise. For example, it is possible that, as a result of legal, tax, regulatory, accounting, political or other considerations, the terms of such investment (and divestment thereof) (including with respect to price and timing) for us and such other entities advised by GC Advisors and its affiliates could differ. Additionally, we and such other entities advised by GC Advisors and its affiliates will generally have different investment periods and/or investment objectives (including return profiles) and, as a result, have conflicting goals with respect to the price and timing of disposition opportunities. As such, to the extent permissible under applicable law and any applicable order issued by the SEC, we and such other entities could dispose
of co-investments at different times and on different terms.
We have entered into the Adviser Revolver resulting in a conflict of interest between GC Advisors’ obligation to act in its own best interest and in our best interest.
We have entered into the Adviser Revolver, an unsecured revolving loan agreement with GC Advisors. GC Advisors has a conflict of interest between its obligation to act in our best interest and its own best interest. Any such loans or advances made to us under the Adviser Revolver will be consistent with applicable law, GC Advisors’ fiduciary obligations to act in our best interests, our investment objectives, and the asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act. The terms associated with any such loans from GC Advisors or its affiliates, including the interest charged, shall, in the aggregate, be
no more favorable to GC Advisors or its affiliates than could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction but will not necessarily be on the same terms or at the same interest rate charged by GC Advisors to other funds that it manages. Neither GC Advisors nor any of its affiliates is obligated to extend any such loans to us and such loans will not necessarily be made available to us in the same amounts or on the same economic terms as are made available to other funds advised by GC Advisors or its affiliates, or at all. In the event that we are required to find third-party financing in place of or in addition to loans from GC Advisors and its affiliates, such third-party financing could be at less favorable economic terms than the loans from GC Advisors and its affiliates, which could reduce our returns.
GC Advisors could
make certain investment decisions for the purpose of receiving transaction fees.
In connection with investments made by us, GC Advisors and its affiliates often receive origination, commitment, documentation, structuring, facility, monitoring, amendment, refinancing, administrative agent and/or other fees from portfolio investments in which we invest or propose to invest. The potential for GC Advisors and its affiliates to receive such economic benefits creates conflicts of interest as GC Advisors and its affiliates have an incentive to invest in portfolio investments that provide such benefits. Similarly, GC Advisors and its affiliates could be incentivized to waive certain fees in connection with a refinancing in order to receive certain fees in the new transaction, including when we and/or other accounts advised by GC Advisors and its affiliates can participate in the original or refinanced investment, or both.
Reductions,
waivers or absorptions of fees and costs can temporarily result in higher returns to investors than they would otherwise receive if full fees and costs were charged.
GC Advisors and its affiliates are permitted to reduce, waive or absorb some of the fees or costs otherwise due by us. While this activity can be seen as friendly to investors, reductions, waivers and absorptions of fees and costs result in higher returns to investors than such investors would receive if full fees and costs were charged. Such fee waivers also create a conflict of interest as GC Advisors has an incentive to delay calling capital commitments to later periods in which such waivers are no longer in effect. There is no guarantee that any reductions, waivers or absorptions will occur in the future, and any reductions, waivers and absorptions are entirely at the discretion of GC Advisors or the Administrator, as applicable.
GC
Advisors could prioritize its relationship with a borrower or private equity sponsor instead of seeking the most advantageous terms for our investments.
GC Advisors will not make any investment on behalf of us that it does not believe to be in our best interest. However, conflicts can arise in any particular transaction between obtaining the most advantageous terms for an investment, which benefits us and other clients of GC Advisors participating in that investment, and maintaining GC Advisors’ relationship with a borrower or private equity sponsor, which likely serves the long-term best interests of GC Advisors’ clients overall, including us. For example, affiliates of GC Advisors hold relatively small, minority investments in unaffiliated private equity funds, which arguably creates an incentive for GC Advisors to cause us to invest in portfolio companies owned by such private equity funds and to treat such portfolio companies
more favorably in a workout situation. As another example of the conflicts that could arise, GC Advisors is permitted to reduce or waive transaction or prepayment fees, offer loan terms that are more favorable to the borrower (and conversely, less favorable to us), accept a below target position size, agree to amend certain terms or waive existing terms or defaults or make other similar concessions to maintain or improve a relationship with a private equity sponsor or borrower, which GC Advisors believes will increase the likelihood of repeat business that will benefit us and GC Advisors’ other clients.
GC Advisors operates in multiple business lines and could pursue additional business lines, which could create a conflict of interest in the allocation of its time and focus.
While Golub Capital maintains two major business lines, it has explored and will continue to explore opportunities
outside these business lines. Such activity could adversely affect us. These risks include reputational damage, loss of management attention and time due to multiple constraints, regulatory sanctions, adverse impact to business relationships, increased competition of capital allocations, and expansion of potential risks to GC Advisors’ business as a whole outside those previously disclosed. New business lines could also exacerbate existing conflicts of interest and raise new conflicts.
Investors should be aware that other lines of business at Golub Capital could indirectly affect their investment in us, even if we are not directly exposed to those lines of business. While GC Advisors and its affiliates keep each investment client as a legally distinct entity or account, there are risks that a separate business line suffering a material adverse condition could affect other business lines to which we have direct exposure, and
consequently, our performance. These risks could materially affect GC Advisors’ business as a whole, and include loss of reputation, loss of management time and focus, regulatory sanctions, and adverse impact to business relationships.
Golub Capital could pursue strategic transactions, which could create a conflict of interest in the allocation of GC Advisors’ time and focus.
Golub Capital could engage in any number of strategic transactions, including acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, new
business formations, restructurings, launches of new investment fund strategies and structures or even a fund that pursues a strategy that is different than what Golub Capital has historically focused on, such as a private equity fund of funds. Additionally, Golub Capital could sell stakes in itself or in its affiliates or acquire stakes in other asset managers, service providers or investment vehicles, including to or from investors in the Company. In August 2018, Golub Capital sold a passive, non-voting minority stake in its management companies. While Golub Capital has not subsequently engaged in any material strategic transactions, it could do so in the future.
Strategic transactions are subject to many risks, such as the risk that the transaction might not be successful in meeting its strategic goals, or the risk that the transaction
might divert the attention of GC Advisors from our core investment activities, or the risk that the management team will not be successful in developing and operating the underlying business involved in the strategic transaction.
We and GC Advisors could be the target of litigation or regulatory investigations.
We as well as GC Advisors and its affiliates participate in a highly regulated industry and are each subject to regulatory examinations in the ordinary course of business. There can be no assurance that we and GC Advisors and/or any of its affiliates will avoid regulatory investigation and possible enforcement actions stemming therefrom.
GC Advisors is a registered investment adviser and, as such, is subject to the provisions of the Investment Advisers Act. We and GC Advisors are each, from time to time, subject to formal and
informal examinations, investigations, inquiries, audits and reviews from numerous regulatory authorities both in response to issues and questions raised in such examinations or investigations and in connection with the changing priorities of the applicable regulatory authorities across the market in general.
There is also a material risk that applicable governmental authorities and regulators in the United States and other jurisdictions will continue to adopt new laws or regulations (such as tax, privacy and anti-money laundering laws or regulations), or change existing laws or regulations, or enhance the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and regulations, in each case in a manner that is burdensome for GC Advisors and for us. Any such events or changes could occur during the term of the Company and could adversely affect us
or GC Advisors and GC Advisors’ ability to operate and/or pursue its management strategies on behalf of us. Further, any such events or changes could adversely affect obligors’ ability to make payments on loans to which we are directly or indirectly exposed or otherwise adversely affect the value of such investments. Such risks are often difficult or impossible to predict, avoid or mitigate in advance. As a result, there can be no assurance that any of the foregoing will not have an adverse impact on the business of GC Advisors and/or any of its affiliates or our performance. From time to time, GC Advisors and its affiliates could take certain actions that they determine are necessary, appropriate or in the best interests of us and our stockholders, taken as a whole, to mitigate the application or impact of certain laws or regulations.
GC Advisors, its affiliates and/or any of their respective principals and employees could
also be named as defendants in, or otherwise become involved in, litigation. Litigation and regulatory actions can be time-consuming and expensive and can lead to unexpected losses, which expenses and losses are often subject to indemnification by us. Legal proceedings could continue without resolution for long periods of time and their outcomes, which could materially and adversely affect the value of us or the ability of GC Advisors to manage us, are often impossible to anticipate. GC Advisors would likely be required to expend significant resources responding to any litigation or regulatory action related to it, and these actions could be a distraction to the activities of GC Advisors.
Our investment activities are subject to the normal risks of becoming involved in litigation by third parties. This risk would be somewhat greater if we were to exercise control or significant influence over a portfolio company’s direction.
The expense of defending against claims by third parties and paying any amounts pursuant to settlements or judgments would, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved by GC Advisors, the Administrator, or any of our officers, be borne by us and would reduce our net assets. GC Advisors and others are indemnified by us in connection with such litigation, subject to certain conditions.
We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify as a RIC.
In order to qualify as a RIC under the Code, we must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. The distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of our investment company taxable income,
which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess of our net short-term capital gains in excess of our net long-term capital losses, determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, to our stockholders each taxable year. We are subject, to the extent we use debt financing, to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and
financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could
fail to qualify as a RIC and, thus, could be subject to corporate-level income tax irrespective of the level of distributions paid to our stockholders. To qualify as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. Failure to meet these requirements could result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of our qualification as a RIC. Because most of our investments are in private or thinly traded public companies, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate-level income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to stockholders and the amount of our distributions and the amount of funds available for new investments. Such a failure would have
a material adverse effect on us and our securityholders. See “Business — Taxation as a RIC.”
We could need to raise additional capital to grow because we must distribute most of our income.
We can offer no assurance that we would be successful in meeting our target for capital commitments from investors in the private placement of our common stock or that we could raise a sufficient amount of capital to permit us to effectively implement our investment strategy and objectives. As a result, we could need additional capital to fund new investments and grow our portfolio of investments. In addition to the private placement of our common stock, we intend to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. Unfavorable economic conditions could increase
our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. In addition, in order to qualify as a RIC, we are required to distribute each taxable year an amount generally at least equal to 90% of the sum of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, or investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to our stockholders. As a result, these earnings are not available to fund new investments. An inability to access the capital markets successfully could limit our ability to grow our business and execute our business strategy fully and could decrease our earnings, if any, which could have an adverse effect on the value of our securities. Furthermore, to the extent we are not able
to raise capital and are at or near our targeted leverage ratios, we could receive smaller allocations, if any, on new investment opportunities under GC Advisors’ allocation policy and have, in the past, received such smaller allocations under similar circumstances.
We could have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before, or without, receiving cash representing such income.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as the accretion of original issue discount. This could arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan and in other circumstances, or through contracted PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our
overall investment activities, or increases in loan balances as a result of contractual PIK arrangements, is included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also could be required to include in income certain other amounts that we do not receive in cash.
That part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that includes interest that has been accrued but not yet received in cash, such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero coupon securities. It is possible that accrued interest or other income previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible, and GC Advisors has no obligation to refund any fees it received in respect of such accrued income.
Since in certain cases we could recognize income before or
without receiving cash representing such income, we could have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of our investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, to our stockholders in order to maintain our qualification as a RIC. In such a case, we could have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain such cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level income tax. See “Business — Taxation as a RIC.”
The tax treatment of a non-U.S. stockholder in its jurisdiction of tax residence will depend entirely on
the laws of such jurisdiction and could vary considerably from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
Depending on (1) the laws of such non-U.S. stockholder’s jurisdiction of tax residence, (2) how we are treated in such jurisdiction, and (3) our activities, an investment in us could result in such non-U.S. stockholder recognizing adverse tax consequences in its jurisdiction of tax residence, including with respect to any generally required or
additional tax filings and/or additional disclosure required in such filings in relation to the treatment
for tax purposes in the relevant jurisdiction of an interest in us and/or of distributions from us and any uncertainties arising in that respect (the Company not being established under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction), the possibility of taxable income significantly in excess of cash distributed to a non-U.S. stockholder, and possibly in excess of our actual economic income, the possibilities of losing deductions or the ability to utilize tax basis and of sums invested being returned in the form of taxable income or gains, and the possibility of being subject to tax at unfavorable tax rates. A non-U.S. stockholder could also be subject to restrictions on the use of its share of our deductions and losses in its jurisdiction of tax residence. Each stockholder is urged to consult its own tax advisers with respect to the tax and tax filing consequences, if any, in its jurisdiction
of tax residence of an investment in us, as well as any other jurisdiction in which such prospective investor is subject to taxation.
If we are not treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, U.S. stockholders that are individuals, trusts or estates could be subject to tax as though they received a distribution of some of our expenses.
We expect to be treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company”. Should we not qualify to be treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company, each U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate will be treated as having received a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes from us in the amount of such U.S. stockholder’s allocable share of the management and incentive fees paid to our investment adviser and certain of our other expenses, and these fees and
expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. stockholder. For taxable years beginning before 2026, miscellaneous itemized deductions generally are not deductible by a U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate. For taxable years beginning in 2026 or later, miscellaneous itemized deductions are deductible only to the extent that the aggregate of such U.S. stockholder’s miscellaneous itemized deductions exceeds 2% of such U.S. stockholder’s adjusted gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are not deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and are subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions under the Code. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation of U.S. Stockholders.”
Regulations governing our operation as a business development company affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a business
development company, the necessity of raising additional capital exposes us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.
We could issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the current provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted as a business development company to issue senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals the percentage of gross assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities after each issuance of senior securities that is applicable to us under Section 61 of the 1940 Act. If the value of our assets declines, we could be unable to satisfy this ratio. If that happens, we could be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending
on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such activities could be disadvantageous. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions in an amount sufficient to be subject to tax as a RIC, or at all. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our common stockholders. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. As of September 30, 2022, we had $1,119.0 million in outstanding borrowings, including $550 million outstanding under the Debt Securitizations.
In the absence of an event of default, no person or entity from which we borrow money has a veto right or voting power over our ability to set policy, make investment decisions or adopt investment
strategies. If we issue preferred stock, which is another form of leverage, the preferred stock would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, preferred stockholders would have separate voting rights on certain matters and could have other rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those of our common stockholders, and the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that could involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our common stockholders. Holders of our common stock will directly or indirectly bear all of the costs associated with offering and servicing any preferred stock that we issue. In addition, any interests of preferred stockholders would not necessarily align with the interests of holders of our common stock and the rights of holders of shares of preferred stock to receive distributions would
be senior to those of holders of shares of our common stock. We do not, however, anticipate issuing preferred stock in the next 12 months.
We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We could, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value per share of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in
the best interests of us and our stockholders, and, in certain
cases, if our stockholders approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold cannot be less than a price that, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing common stock or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time would decrease, and holders of our common stock could experience dilution.
Investors in shares of our common stock could fail to fund their capital commitments when due.
We call only a limited amount of capital commitments from investors in the private placement of our common stock upon each drawdown notice. The timing of drawdowns is difficult to predict, requiring each investor to maintain sufficient
liquidity until its capital commitments to purchase shares of common stock are fully funded. We may not call an investor’s entire capital commitment prior to the expiration of such investor’s commitment period.
In addition, there is no assurance that all investors will satisfy their respective capital commitments. To the extent that one or more investors does not satisfy its or their capital commitments when due or at all, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including an inability to fund our investment obligations, make appropriate distributions to our stockholders or to continue to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements under the 1940 Act. If an investor fails to satisfy any part of its capital commitment when due, other stockholders who have an outstanding capital commitment could be required to fund such capital commitment sooner
than they otherwise would have absent such default. We cannot assure you that we will recover the full amount of the capital commitment of any defaulting investor.
Given the current economic and competitive environments, GC Advisors believes that it will be advantageous to have significant unfunded capital commitments available to be called so that we are well positioned to capitalize on opportunities if and when they arise in an evolving market. As such, Golub Capital expects to raise additional investment funds with the same or similar strategies as us and to call capital from such additional investment funds, in each case, at any time, including prior to all capital commitments being fully called. Additionally, GC Advisors and its affiliates currently manage other investment funds for which capital commitments have not been fully called. There is no guarantee that the pace at which the capital commitments
will be called will be similar to the pace at which other investment funds managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates have had capital called. These factors pose conflicts of interest with respect to the pace of drawdown purchases by investors.
Although GC Advisors will attempt to manage our cash balances so that they are not significantly larger than needed for our investments and other obligations, GC Advisors’ ability to manage cash balances could be affected by changes in the timing of investment closings, access to leverage, defaults by investors or late payments of drawdown purchases and other factors. GC Advisors’ management of cash balances could have a material effect on our performance.
We finance our investments with borrowed money, which will accelerate and increase the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and could
increase the risk of investing in us.
The use of leverage accelerates and increases the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on GC Advisors’ and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. While we intend to target a leverage ratio of 0.85x debt-to-equity, this limitation will not prevent us from incurring additional leverage or otherwise exceeding such leverage ratio to the full extent permissible under the 1940 Act, including during periods when we are experiencing unusual market volatility or other unexpected conditions.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.
While leverage presents opportunities for increasing our total return, it also has the potential to increase losses. Accordingly, any event that adversely affects the value of an investment would be magnified to the extent we use leverage. Such events could result in a substantial loss to us, which would be greater than if leverage had not been used.
In addition, our investment objectives are dependent on the continued availability of leverage at attractive relative interest rates, including loans to bridge the time period before calling capital commitments are made by investors, to ensure timely funding of negotiated investments, to assist with loan origination and/or because the timing of funding inflow and outflow is not in sync.
We could issue senior debt securities to banks, insurance companies and other lenders. Lenders of these senior securities will have fixed dollar claims on our
assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such lenders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. We have the ability to pledge up to 100%
of our assets and can grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instruments we could enter into with lenders. The terms of our existing indebtedness require us to comply with certain financial and operational covenants, and we expect similar covenants in future debt instruments. Failure to comply with such covenants could result in a default under the applicable
credit facility or debt instrument if we are unable to obtain a waiver from the applicable lender or holder, and such lender or holder could accelerate repayment under such indebtedness and negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, under the terms of any revolving credit facility, or Credit Facility, or other debt instrument we enter into, we are likely to be required by its terms to use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay a portion of the amount borrowed under such facility or instrument before applying such net proceeds to any other uses. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause our net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not used leverage, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our equity stake in a leveraged investment. Similarly, any decrease in our net investment income will cause our net income to decline more sharply than
it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline would also negatively affect our ability to make distributions on our common stock or any outstanding preferred stock. Our ability to service our debt depends largely on our financial performance and is subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Our common stockholders bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management fee payable to GC Advisors.
The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock as of September 30, 2022, assuming various annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual returns could be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.
Assumed
Return on Our Portfolio (Net of Expenses)
(10)%
(5)%
0%
5%
10%
Corresponding return to common stockholder(1)
(22.01)%
(12.54)%
(3.07)%
6.40%
15.88%
(1)Assumes
$2,411.3 million in total assets, $1,119.0 million in debt outstanding and $1,272.9 million in net assets as of September 30, 2022 and an effective interest rate for year ended September 30, 2022 of 3.49%.
Based on our outstanding indebtedness of $1,119.0 million as of September 30, 2022 and the effective annual interest rate of 3.49% as of that date, our investment portfolio would have been required to experience an annual return of at least 1.62% to cover annual interest payments on the outstanding debt.
If we are unable to obtain leverage or if the interest rates of such leverage are not attractive, we could experience diminished returns. The number of leverage providers and the total amount of financing available could decrease
or remain static. We could, directly or through subsidiaries, have concentrated exposure to a small number of commercial lenders or other financing providers, which could result in us being dependent on the continued availability of capital from such financing providers. Consequently, available financing could be more expensive or on terms that are less desirable than in an environment with a larger number of leverage providers.
As a business development company, we generally are required to meet the asset coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include our borrowings and any preferred stock that we could issue in the future, that is applicable to us under the 1940 Act. Currently, this asset coverage ratio is 200%. However, Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act reduces the asset coverage requirement
applicable to business development companies from 200% to 150% so long as the business development company meets certain disclosure requirements and obtains certain approvals and, in the case of an unlisted business development company, makes an offer to repurchase the shares of its stockholders. If we were to satisfy the requirements to implement the reduced asset coverage requirement, it would permit us under the 1940 Act to have a ratio of total consolidated assets to outstanding indebtedness of 2:1 as compared to a maximum of 1:1 under the 200% asset coverage requirement. If our asset coverage ratio declines below 200% (or 150% or such other percentage as is prescribed by law from time to time), we cannot incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and could prevent us from making distributions in amounts sufficient
to maintain our status as a RIC, or at all.
We are subject to risks associated with the Debt Securitizations.
As a result of the 2022 Debt Securitization and the 2021 Debt Securitization, we are subject to a variety of risks, including those set forth below. We use the term “debt securitization” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to describe a form of secured borrowing under which an operating company (sometimes referred to as an “originator” or “sponsor”) acquires or originates mortgages, receivables, loans or other assets that earn income, whether on a one-time or recurring basis (collectively, “income producing assets”), and borrows money on a non-recourse basis against a legally separate pool of
loans or other income producing assets. In a typical debt securitization, the originator transfers the loans or income producing assets to a single-purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary (also referred to as a “special purpose entity”), which is established solely for the purpose of holding loans and income producing assets and issuing debt secured by these income producing assets. The special purpose entity completes the borrowing through the issuance of notes secured by the loans or other assets. The special purpose entity could issue the notes in the capital markets to a variety of investors, including banks, non-bank financial institutions and other investors. The special purpose entities that issued the notes in the 2022 Debt Securitization and the 2021 Debt Securitization were the 2022 Issuer and the 2021 Issuer, respectively (each such special purpose
entity, a “Securitization Issuer”). The 2022 Issuer and the 2021 Issuer are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the 2022 ABS 2022-1Depositor and the 2021 CLO Depositor, respectively, each a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (each such special purposes entity, a “CLO” Depositor”). In each of the Debt Securitizations, institutional investors purchased certain notes issued by the applicable Securitization Issuer in a private placement.
We are subject to certain risks as a result of our direct or indirect interests in the junior notes and membership interests of each Securitization Issuer.
Under the terms of the respective loan sale agreement governing each Debt Securitization, we sold and/or contributed
to the applicable Securitization Issuer all of our ownership interest in our portfolio loans and participations for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in such loan sale agreement. Following this transfer, the applicable Securitization Issuer held all of the ownership interest in such portfolio loans and participations.
Under the terms of the respective loan sale agreements entered into upon closing of each of the 2022 and 2021 Debt Securitizations (the “Closing Date Loan Sale Agreement”), which provided for the sale of assets on the applicable closing date to satisfy risk retention requirements, (1) we transferred to GC Advisors a portion of our ownership interest in the portfolio company investments securing such Debt Securitization for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the applicable Closing Date Loan Sale Agreement and (2) immediately thereafter, GC Advisors sold to the respective
Securitization Issuer all of its ownership interest in such portfolio loans for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the applicable Closing Date Loan Sale Agreement. Under the terms of the other loan sale agreement governing each such Debt Securitization (each, a “Depositor Loan Sale Agreement”), which provides for the sale of assets on the applicable closing date as well as future sales from us to the applicable CLO Depositor, (1) we sold and/or contributed to the applicable CLO Depositor the remainder of our ownership interest in the portfolio company investments securing the applicable Debt Securitization and participations for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in the Depositor Loan Sale Agreement and (2) the applicable CLO Depositor, in turn, sold to the applicable Securitization Issuer all of its ownership interest in such portfolio loans and participations for the purchase price and other consideration set forth in one
of the loan sale agreements. Following these transfers, the applicable Securitization Issuer, and not GC Advisors, the applicable CLO Depositor or us, held all of the ownership interest in such portfolio company investments and participations.
As of September 30, 2022, we held indirectly through the applicable CLO Depositor, the Subordinated 2022 Notes, the Class D 2021 Notes, which were unfunded as of the closing date, the Subordinated 2021 Notes, and 100% of the membership interests in the 2022 and 2021 Issuer. As a result, we consolidate the financial statements of the 2022 Issuer and 2021 Issuer, as well as our other subsidiaries, in our consolidated financial statements.
Because each of
the Securitization Issuers and the CLO Depositors are disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the sale or contribution by us or the a CLO Depositor to a Securitization Issuer or by us to a CLO Depositor did not constitute a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the U.S. Internal Revenue Service were to take a contrary position, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. We could, from time to time, hold asset-backed securities, or the economic equivalent thereof, issued by a securitization vehicle sponsored by another business development company to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.
The notes and membership interests that we hold that are issued by the Securitization Issuers are subordinated obligations of the applicable Securitization
Issuer and we could be prevented from receiving cash from such Securitization Issuer.
The notes issued by the Securitization Issuers and retained by us are the most junior class of notes issued by the applicable Securitization Issuer, are subordinated in priority of payment to the other notes issued by such Securitization Issuer and are subject to certain payment restrictions set forth in the indenture governing the notes issued by such Securitization Issuer. Therefore, we only receive cash distributions on such Notes if the applicable Securitization Issuer has made all cash interest payments to all other notes it has issued. Consequently, to the extent that the value of the portfolio of loan investments held by a Securitization Issuer has been reduced as a result of conditions in the credit markets, or as a result of defaulted loans
or individual fund assets, the value of any notes that we have retained at their redemption could be reduced. If a Securitization Issuer does not meet the asset coverage tests or the interest coverage test set forth in the
documents governing the applicable Debt Securitization, cash would be diverted from the notes that we hold to first pay the more senior notes issued by such Securitization Issuer in amounts sufficient to cause such tests to be satisfied.
Each Securitization Issuer is the residual claimant on funds, if any, remaining after
holders of all classes of notes issued by such Securitization Issuer have been paid in full on each payment date or upon maturity of such notes under the applicable Debt Securitization documents. As the holder of the membership interests in each Securitization Issuer, we could receive distributions, if any, only to the extent that the applicable Securitization Issuer makes distributions out of funds remaining after holders of all classes of notes issued by such Securitization Issuer have been paid in full on each payment date any amounts due and owing on such payment date or upon maturity of such notes. In the event that we fail to receive cash directly from a Securitization Issuer, we could be unable to make distributions in amounts sufficient to maintain our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC, or at all.
The interests of holders of the senior classes of securities issued by the Securitization Issuers could not be aligned
with our interests.
The notes issued by each Securitization Issuer that are held by third parties (the “Senior Securitization Notes”) are debt obligations ranking senior in right of payment to other securities issued by the respective Securitization Issuer in the applicable Debt Securitization. As such, there are circumstances in which the interests of holders of the Senior Securitization Notes may not be aligned with the interests of holders of the other classes of notes issued by, and membership interests of, the applicable Securitization Issuer. For example, under the terms of the Class A 2021 Notes, holders of the Class A 2021 Notes have the right to receive payments of principal and interest prior to holders of the Class B 2021 Notes, the Class C-1 2021 Notes and the 2021 Issuer.
As used herein, “Controlling Class” refers to the most senior class of notes then
outstanding with respect to a Securitization Issuer. If the most senior class of outstanding notes are paid in full, then the next most senior class of notes would comprise the Controlling Class under the documents governing the applicable Debt Securitization. For example, as long as the Class A 2021 Notes, holders of such class of notes or loans comprise the Controlling Class under the applicable Debt Securitization. If such notes or loans are paid in full, then the Class B 2021 Notes would comprise the Controlling Class under each Debt Securitization. Holders of the Controlling Class under each Debt Securitization have the right to act in certain circumstances with respect to the portfolio loans of the applicable Debt Securitization in ways that could benefit their interests but not the interests of holders of more junior classes of notes and membership interests, including by exercising remedies under the indenture
in the applicable Debt Securitization.
If an event of default has occurred and acceleration occurs in accordance with the terms of the indenture for a Debt Securitization, the Controlling Class of such Debt Securitization, as the most senior class of notes or loans then outstanding in such Debt Securitization will be paid in full before any further payment or distribution on the more junior classes of notes and membership interests. In addition, if an event of default under a Debt Securitization, holders of a majority of the Controlling Class of the applicable Debt Securitization could be entitled to determine the remedies to be exercised under the applicable indenture subject to the terms of such indenture.
For example, upon the occurrence of an event of default with respect to the notes issued by the 2021 Issuer, the trustee or holders of a majority of the Controlling Class could declare the principal, together with any accrued interest, of all the notes of such class and any junior classes to be immediately due and payable. This would have the effect of accelerating the principal on such notes, triggering a repayment obligation on the part of the 2021 Issuer. If at such time the portfolio loans were not performing well, the Securitization Issuer could not have sufficient proceeds available to enable the trustee under the indenture to repay the obligations of holders of the notes we hold, or to pay a dividend to holders of the membership interests.
Remedies pursued by the Controlling Class could be adverse to the interests of the holders
of the notes that are subordinated to the Controlling Class (which would include, for example, the Class C‑2 2021 Notes, Class D 2021 Notes and Subordinated 2021 Notes to the extent the Class A 2021 Notes, Class B 2021 Notes, Class C-1 2021 Notes and Class C-2 2021 Notes, or Class D 2021 Notes constitute the Controlling Class) and the Controlling Class will have no obligation to consider any possible adverse effect on such other interests. Thus, we cannot assure you that any remedies pursued by the Controlling Class will be in the best interests of the applicable CLO Depositor or us or that the applicable CLO Depositor or we will receive any payments or distributions upon an acceleration of the notes. In a liquidation under any of the Debt Securitizations, the notes that we have directly or indirectly retained will be subordinated to payment of the other classes notes issued by the applicable Securitization Issuer
and could not be paid in full to the extent funds remaining after payment of more senior notes not held by us are insufficient. In addition, after certain senior classes of notes are paid in full, the remaining noteholder could amend the applicable indenture to, among other things, direct the assignment of any remaining assets to other wholly-owned subsidiaries for a price less than the fair market value of such assets with the difference in price to be considered an equity contribution to such subsidiaries. Any failure of a Securitization Issuer to make distributions on the notes we indirectly or directly hold, whether as a result of an event of default, liquidation or otherwise, could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows
and could result in an inability of us to make distributions sufficient to maintain our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC, or at all.
A Securitization Issuer could fail to meet certain asset coverage tests.
Under the documents governing each of the Debt Securitizations, there are two asset coverage tests applicable to the Class A Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes, with respect to the 2022 Issuer, and
the Class A 2021 Notes, the Class B 2021 Notes, the Class C-1 2021 Notes, the Class C-2 2021 Notes and the Class D 2021 Notes, with respect to the 2021 Issuer.
The first such test compares the amount of interest received on the portfolio loans held by the 2021 Issuer to the amount of interest payable in respect of the applicable class of notes. To meet this first test, in the case of the 2021 Debt Securitization, interest received on the portfolio loans must equal at least 120% of the interest payable in respect of the Class A 2021 Notes and Class B 2021 Notes, taken together, at least 110% of the interest payable in respect of the Class A 2021 Notes, Class B 2021 Notes, Class C-1 2021 Notes and the Class C-2 2021 Notes, taken together.
The second such test compares the principal amount of the portfolio loans of the 2021 Issuer to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the
applicable class of notes. To meet this second test at any time in the case of the 2021 Debt Securitization, the aggregate principal amount of the portfolio loans must equal at least 148.7% of the Class A 2021 Notes and Class B 2021 Notes, taken together, at least 126.2% of the Class A 2021 Notes, Class B 2021 Notes, Class C-1 2021 Notes and Class C-2 2021 Notes, taken together, and in the event that the Class D 2021 Notes are funded, at least 116.7% of the Class A 2021 Notes, Class B 2021 Notes, Class C-1 2021 Notes and Class C-2 2021 Notes and Class D 2021 Notes, taken together.
If any asset coverage test with respect to a class of notes is not met, proceeds from the portfolio of loan investments that otherwise would have been distributed to the holders of the notes and membership interests that we hold will instead be used to redeem first the most senior class of notes in such Debt Securitization and then each next most
senior class of notes, to the extent necessary to satisfy the applicable asset coverage tests on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all payments made in respect of the notes, which we refer to as a mandatory redemption, or to obtain the necessary ratings confirmation.
The value of the Class D 2021 Notes, the Subordinated 2021 Notes, and the Subordinated 2022 Notes could be adversely affected by a mandatory redemption because such redemption could result in the applicable notes being redeemed at par at a time when they are trading in the secondary market at a premium to their stated principal amount and when other investments bearing the same rate of interest could be difficult or expensive to acquire. A mandatory redemption could also result in a shorter investment duration than a holder of such notes could have wanted or anticipated, which could, in turn, result in such a holder incurring breakage costs on related
hedging transactions. In addition, the reinvestment period under the 2021 Debt Securitization could extend through as late as April 15, 2025. During the respective reinvestment period, market conditions and restrictions on investment under the indenture governing the 2021 Debt Securitization could result in periods of time in which the 2021 Issuer is not able to fully invest its available collateral or during which collateral available is not of comparable quality or yield, which could affect the value of the collateral securing the notes issued by the 2021 Issuer that we hold.
We could be required to assume liabilities of a Securitization Issuer and are indirectly liable for certain representations and warranties in connection with each Debt Securitization.
The
structure of each Debt Securitization is intended to prevent, in the event of our bankruptcy or the bankruptcy of a CLO Depositor, if applicable, the consolidation of the applicable Securitization Issuer with our operations or with the applicable CLO Depositor. If the true sale of the assets in each Debt Securitization were not respected in the event of our insolvency, a trustee or debtor-in-possession might reclaim the assets of the applicable Securitization Issuer for our estate. However, in doing so, we would become directly liable for all of the indebtedness then outstanding under the 2021 Debt Securitization, which would equal the full amount of debt of the applicable Debt Securitization reflected on our consolidated balance sheet. In addition, we cannot assure you that the recovery in the event we were consolidated with a Securitization Issuer for purposes of any bankruptcy proceeding would exceed the amount to which we would otherwise be entitled as the holder
of the notes issued by such Securitization Issuer and retained by us had we not been consolidated with the applicable Securitization Issuer.
In addition, in connection with each of the Debt Securitizations, we indirectly gave the lenders certain customary representations with respect to the legal structure of the respective Securitization Issuer, and the quality of the assets transferred to each entity. We remain indirectly liable for any breach of such representations for the life of the applicable Debt Securitization.
Certain
Securitization Issuers could issue additional Notes.
Under the terms of the documents governing the Debt Securitizations, the applicable Securitization Issuer could issue additional notes and use the net proceeds of such issuance to purchase additional portfolio loans. Any such additional issuance, however, would require the consent of the applicable collateral manager, the applicable CLO Depositor and a supermajority of the applicable subordinated notes. Among the other conditions that must be satisfied in connection with an additional issuance of notes, the aggregate principal amount of all additional issuances of notes could not exceed 100% of the respective original outstanding principal amount of such class of notes; the Securitization Issuer must notify each rating agency of such issuance prior to the issuance date; and the terms of the notes to be issued must be identical to the terms of previously issued notes of the
same class (except that all monies due on such additional notes will accrue from the issue date of such notes and that the spread over the applicable benchmark interest rate and prices of such notes do not have to be identical to those of the initial notes, provided that the interest rate on such additional notes must not exceed the interest rate applicable to the initial class of such notes). We do not expect to cause either Securitization Issuer to issue any additional notes at this time. We could amend the documents governing the Debt Securitizations from time to time, and without amendment, the 2021 Debt Securitization documents do not provide for additional issuances of Class A 2021 Notes. The total purchase price for any additional notes that could be issued may not always equal 100% of the par value of such notes, depending on several factors, including fees and closing expenses.
We are subject to risks associated with
any Credit Facility.
We, directly, or indirectly through a wholly-owned subsidiary, or Funding Subsidiary, have entered into and expect to enter into in the future one or more revolving credit facilities, or, each, a Credit Facility, that we expect will be secured by our portfolio company investments and/or capital commitments from investors in the private placement of our common stock. GBDC 3 and GBDC 3 Funding have entered into the DB Credit Facility, which is a Credit Facility. As a result of a Credit Facility, we would be subject to a variety of risks, including those set forth below. Certain terms of credit facilities and other forms of leverage will have the effect of imposing constraints on our investments, including requiring the lender’s consent to make new or additional investments or to move cash or other assets from a subsidiary of ours, even if the subsidiary is not in default. Credit agreements typically include terms
that permit the lender to materially reduce or terminate the credit line, including an acceleration right or a termination right upon any event of default. In some cases, events of default are tied to events relating to the borrowing entity, us, or other circumstances, even if those events are not related to the borrower’s ability to repay the borrowing. To the extent we pledge capital commitments as collateral for a Credit Facility, a lender could have the right to issue drawdown notices and require the funding of a drawdown purchase from investors in the private placement of our common stock, the proceeds of which would be used to pay down the Credit Facility. In the event that a Credit Facility or other form of leverage is materially reduced or terminated, there can be no assurance that suitable replacement financing facilities could be arranged. Any reduction or termination might result in our being unable to obtain financing for additional investments and could
reduce investor returns by deleveraging us and causing investors to bear increased costs. Upon an event of default relating to a Credit Facility or other form of financing, it is likely that the leverage provider would attempt to exercise its remedies, which could have a material adverse impact on us. The existence of these limitations could cause GC Advisors or its affiliates to incur leverage in conditions that are not optimal.
We are subject to risks associated with any Credit Facility that utilizes a Funding Subsidiary as our interests in any Funding Subsidiary are subordinated and we could be prevented from receiving cash on our equity interests from a Funding Subsidiary.
We own directly or indirectly 100% of the equity interests in each Funding Subsidiary, including GBDC 3 Funding. We consolidate the financial statements of any Funding Subsidiary,
including GBDC 3 Funding in our consolidated financial statements and treat the indebtedness of the Funding Subsidiary as our leverage. Our interests in any Funding Subsidiary are subordinated in priority of payment to every other obligation of the Funding Subsidiary and are or would be subject to certain payment restrictions set forth in the applicable Credit Facility, including, with respect to GBDC 3 Funding, the DB Credit Facility.
Our equity interests in any Funding Subsidiary will rank behind all of the secured and unsecured creditors, known or unknown, of any Funding Subsidiary, including the lender in the applicable Credit Facility. Consequently, to the extent that the value of the portfolio of loan investments held by a Funding Subsidiary has been reduced as a result of conditions in the credit markets, defaulted loans, capital gains and losses on the underlying assets, prepayment or changes in interest rates, the
return on our investment in the Funding Subsidiary could be reduced. Accordingly, our investment in any Funding Subsidiary could be subject to up to a complete loss. In addition, under the DB Credit Facility, if GBDC 3 Funding does not meet the borrowing base test set forth in the DB Credit Facility documents, a default would occur. In the event of a default under the documents governing a Credit Facility, including the DB Credit Facility, cash would be diverted from us to pay the lenders and other secured parties until they are paid in full. In the event that we fail to receive
cash
from our Funding Subsidiaries, we could be unable to make distributions to our stockholders in amounts sufficient to maintain our status as a RIC, or at all. We also could be forced to sell investments in portfolio companies at less than their fair value in order to continue making such distributions. We cannot assure you that distributions on the assets held by any Funding Subsidiary will be sufficient to make any distributions to us or that such distributions will meet our expectations.
Our ability to sell investments held by any Funding Subsidiary is limited.
A Credit Facility, including the DB Credit Facility, places significant restrictions on the Credit Facility servicer’s ability to sell investments held by the Funding Subsidiary. As a result, there could be times or circumstances
during which would be unable to sell investments or take other actions that could be in our best interests.
We can enter into repurchase agreements, which are another form of leverage.
We can enter, and have in the past, entered into repurchase agreements as part of our management of our investment portfolio. Under a repurchase agreement, we will effectively pledge our assets as collateral to secure a short-term loan where the counterparty acquires securities we hold as collateral subject to our obligation to repurchase and its obligation to resell the securities at an agreed upon time and price. Generally, the other party to the agreement makes the loan in an amount equal to a percentage of the fair value of the pledged collateral. At the maturity of the repurchase agreement, we will be required to repay the loan and correspondingly receive back our collateral. While used as collateral,
the assets continue to pay principal and interest, which are for our benefit.
Our use of repurchase agreements, if any, involves many of the same risks involved in our use of leverage, as the proceeds from repurchase agreements generally will be invested in additional securities. There is a risk that the market value of the securities acquired in the repurchase agreement could decline below the price of the securities that we have sold but remain obligated to purchase. In addition, there is a risk that the market value of the securities retained by us could decline. If a buyer of securities under a repurchase agreement were to file for bankruptcy or experience insolvency, we could be adversely affected. Also, in entering into repurchase agreements, we would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of such agreements at settlement are less than the fair value of the underlying securities being pledged. In addition,
due to the interest costs associated with repurchase agreements, our net asset value would decline, and, in some cases, we could be worse off than if we had not used such agreements.
We are a holding company and could depend on payments from our subsidiaries in order to pay distributions on our common stock.
We are a holding company and expect to fund a substantial portion of our investments through wholly-owned subsidiaries, and a substantial portion of the assets that we hold directly are the equity interests in such subsidiaries. We depend upon the cash flow from our subsidiaries
and the receipt of funds from them in the form of dividends, and other distributions, any of which could be subject to restriction or limitations. Our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders could be affected by a subsidiary’s ability to exit investments or refinance credit facilities or other forms of leverage or otherwise satisfy covenants applicable to such subsidiary pursuant to the agreements governing the debt of any such subsidiary. The illiquidity of the underlying investments held by a subsidiary of ours (directly or indirectly) can make it difficult for the subsidiary to make net income or return of capital distributions to us, and thereby affect our ability to make distributions or wind down at the end of the Investment Period.
Adverse developments in the credit markets can impair our ability to enter into new debt financing arrangements.
During
the economic downturn in the United States that began in mid-2007, many commercial banks and other financial institutions stopped lending or significantly curtailed their lending activity. In addition, in an effort to stem losses and reduce their exposure to segments of the economy deemed to be high risk, some financial institutions limited routine refinancing and loan modification transactions and even reviewed the terms of existing facilities to identify bases for accelerating the maturity of existing lending facilities. To the extent these circumstances arise again in the future, it could be difficult for us to finance the growth of our investments on acceptable economic terms, or at all and one or more of our leverage facilities could be accelerated by the lenders.
Our ability to invest in public companies is limited in certain circumstances. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a business development company or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy and decrease our operating flexibility.
To maintain our status as a business development company, we are not permitted to acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Subject to certain exceptions for follow-on investments and investments in distressed companies, an investment in an issuer that has outstanding securities listed on a national securities exchange could
be treated as qualifying assets only if such issuer has a common equity market capitalization that is less than $250.0 million at the time of such investment. See “Business -Regulation - Qualifying Assets.” We could be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to business development companies. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent us, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it could
be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we could be forced to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
If we do not maintain our status as a business development company, we would be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end investment company, we would be subject to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act, which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility.
The majority of our portfolio investments are recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there could
be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.
Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined pursuant to policies adopted by, and subject to the oversight of, our board of directors. The majority of our portfolio investments take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded is often not readily determinable, and we value these securities at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of our securities. As discussed in more detail under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Policies,” most, if not all,
of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) are classified as Level 3 under Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure, as amended, or ASC Topic 820. This means that our portfolio valuations are based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. Inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments require significant management judgment or estimation, the level of which could increase or decrease during periods of volatility or uncertainty. See “—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure – We are currently in a period of capital markets disruption and economic uncertainty.” Even if observable market data are available, such information could be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes,
which could include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information.
We have retained the services of several independent service providers to review the valuation of these securities. At least once annually, the valuation for each portfolio investment for which a market quote is not readily available is reviewed by an independent valuation firm. The types of factors that our board of directors could take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make
payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, could fluctuate over short periods of time and could be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value could differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.
We adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect our board of directors’ determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our consolidated statement of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation.
Government intervention in the credit markets could adversely affect our business.
The central banks and, in particular, the U.S. Federal Reserve, have taken unprecedented steps since the financial crises of 2008-2009 and the COVID-19 global pandemic and in response to inflationary pressures. It is impossible to predict if, how, and to what extent the United States and other governments would further intervene in the credit markets. Such intervention is often prompted by politically sensitive
issues involving family homes, student loans, real estate speculation, credit card receivables, pandemics, etc., and could, as a result, be contrary to what we would predict from an “economically rational” perspective.
On the other hand, recent governmental intervention could mean that the willingness of governmental bodies to take additional extraordinary action is diminished. As a result, in the event of near-term major market disruptions, like those caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, there might be only limited additional government intervention, resulting in correspondingly greater market dislocation and materially greater market risk.
Our board of directors could change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.
Our board of directors has the authority, except as
otherwise provided in the 1940 Act, to modify or waive our investment objective and certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we cannot change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a business development company. Under Maryland law, we also cannot be dissolved without prior stockholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current investment objective, operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and the price of our common stock. Nevertheless, any such changes could adversely affect our business and impair our ability to make distributions.
Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and of our charter and bylaws could deter takeover attempts,
which could have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.
The Maryland General Corporation Law, or the MGCL, our charter and our bylaws contain provisions that could discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. We are subject to the Maryland Business Combination Act, the application of which is subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. Under the Maryland Business Combination Act, if our board of directors does not first approve a business combination, the Maryland Business Combination Act could discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.
In addition, our bylaws
exempt from the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act acquisitions of our common stock by any person. If we amend our bylaws to repeal the exemption from such act, it can make it more difficult for a third-party to obtain control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer. Also, our charter provides for classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and provisions of our charter authorize our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock and to amend our charter, without stockholder approval, to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue.
These takeover defense provisions could inhibit a change of control in circumstances that
would otherwise provide value to our stockholders.
GC Advisors can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we can provide no assurance that we would be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
GC Advisors has the right to resign under the Investment Advisory Agreement at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If GC Advisors resigns, we can provide no assurance that we would be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our business, financial condition and
results of operations and cash flows as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the value of our common stock could decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by GC Advisors and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective and portfolio could result in
additional
costs and time delays that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The Administrator can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we can provide no assurance that we would be able to find a suitable replacement, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
The Administrator has the right to resign under the Administration Agreement at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If the Administrator resigns, we can provide no assurance that we would be able to find a new administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a
disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the value of our common stock could decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and administrative activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a service provider or individuals with the expertise possessed by the Administrator. Even if we are able to retain a comparable service provider or individuals to perform such services, whether internal or external, their integration into our business and lack of familiarity with our investment objective and portfolio could result in additional costs and time delays that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We intend to limit participation in our common stock by certain investors due to certain restrictions
of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) as amended.
Prior to the registration of our common stock under the Exchange Act sufficient to cause our common stock to be a “publicly offered security” for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation, as described below, we do not intend to permit employee benefit plans and other plans, as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code, to hold twenty-five percent (25%) (or such higher percentage as can be specified in regulations promulgated by the United States Department of Labor) or more of the value of any outstanding class of our capital stock. Accordingly, we expect that our assets will not be treated as “plan assets” subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, as amended, though there is no assurance that this will be the case. Were our assets to be treated as “plan assets” (that is, if 25% or more of the value of any
class of capital stock is held by certain benefit plan investors), we could, among other things, be subject to certain restrictions on our ability to carry out our activities as described herein. Moreover, we can require certain benefit plan investors or other employee benefit plans not subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code to reduce or terminate their interests in us at such time.
Risks Relating to Our Investments
Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.
Many of our portfolio companies are susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and could be unable to repay
our loans during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions could decrease the value of collateral securing any of our loans and the value of any equity investments. A severe recession could further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income, assets and net worth. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results.
Any deterioration of general economic conditions could
lead to significant declines in corporate earnings or loan performance, and the ability of corporate borrowers to service their debt, any of which could trigger a period of global economic slowdown, and have an adverse impact on our performance and financial results, and the value and the liquidity of our investments. In an economic downturn, we could have non-performing assets or an increase in non-performing assets, and we would anticipate that the value of our portfolio would decrease during these periods. Failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by lenders to a portfolio company, including us, could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of payments on such loans and foreclosure on the assets representing collateral for the portfolio company’s obligations. Cross default provisions under other agreements could be triggered and thus limit the portfolio company’s ability to satisfy its obligations under any debt that we hold and affect the
value of any equity securities we own. We would expect to incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a portfolio company following or in anticipation of a default.
Inflation could adversely affect the business, results of operations and financial condition of our portfolio companies.
Certain of our portfolio companies are in industries that could be impacted by inflation. If such portfolio companies are unable
to pass any increases in their costs of operations along to their customers, it could adversely affect their operating results and impact their ability to pay interest and principal on our loans, particularly if interest rates rise in response to inflation. In addition, any projected future decreases in our portfolio companies’ operating results due to inflation could adversely impact the fair value of those investments. Any decreases in the fair value of our investments could result in future realized or unrealized losses and therefore reduce our net assets resulting from operations.
Our debt investments are risky and we could lose all or part of our investments.
The debt that we invest in is typically not initially rated by any rating agency, but we believe that if such investments were rated, they would be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody's Investors
Service, lower than “BBB-” by Fitch Ratings or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services), which under the guidelines established by these entities is an indication of having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Bonds that are rated below investment grade are sometimes referred to as “high yield bonds” or “junk bonds.” Therefore, our investments could result in an above average amount of risk and volatility or loss of principal.
Our investments in leveraged portfolio companies are risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.
Investment in leveraged companies involves a number of significant risks. Leveraged companies in which we invest could have limited financial resources and could be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities
that we hold. These companies could be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and their leverage could impair their ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities could be limited. Such developments could be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees that we could have obtained in connection with our investment. Smaller leveraged companies also could have less predictable operating results and could require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance their expansion or maintain their competitive position.
Our investments in private and middle-market portfolio companies are risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.
Investment
in private and middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we rely on the ability of GC Advisors’ investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If GC Advisors is unable to uncover all material information about these companies, it would not be able to make a fully informed investment decision and we could lose money on our investments. Compared to larger companies, middle-market companies typically have shorter operating histories, more limited financial resources, newer technologies and/or products, smaller market shares, less experienced management teams and less predictable operating results, and often participate in quickly evolving markets, and are more reliant on a small number of products, managers or clients. Middle-market companies could also require substantial additional capital to support
their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position and could have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which could limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity. In addition, the middle-market companies in which we invest could be subject to governmental and non-governmental regulations, including by federal and state regulators and various self-regulatory organizations and the costs of complying with these laws and regulations could be more material to the company as compared to a larger company. If a company in which we directly or indirectly invest fails to comply with an applicable regulatory regime, it could be subject to fines, injunctions, operating restrictions or criminal prosecution, any of which could materially and adversely affect the value of our investment. We will not control
a portfolio company’s management or the manner in which a company’s management addresses the company’s risks except in the event that a portfolio company defaults on its loan from us and we seek to enforce our security interest. In addition, middle-market companies often require additional financing to expand or maintain their competitive position, and they could have a more difficult time obtaining additional capital than larger companies.
An important concern in making investments is the possibility of material misrepresentation or omission on the part of the portfolio company. Such inaccuracy or incompleteness can adversely affect, among other things, the valuation of collateral, other debt obligations, our ability to perfect or effectuate a lien on the collateral securing a loan or other debt obligation, the financial condition of the
issuer, or the business prospects of the issuer. We will rely upon the
accuracy and completeness of representations made by portfolio companies to the extent reasonable. However, there can be no guarantee that such representations are accurate or complete.
If the issuer of securities purchased by us does not perform to GC Advisors’ expectations, the value of its equity and debt securities would likely decline and the issuer could default on its obligations. Poor performance can be caused by a number of factors, including failures of management,
competitive pressures, pressure by customers and suppliers, labor unrest, or force majeure events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic. While GC Advisors intends to invest in portfolio companies in industries that it believes resistant to recessions,, there can be no assurance that such portfolio companies will not be adversely affected by other market or economic conditions.
The value of our investments in loans will likely be detrimentally affected to the extent a borrower defaults on its obligations, there is insufficient collateral, and/or there are extensive legal and other costs incurred in collecting on a defaulted loan. GC Advisors will attempt to minimize this risk, for example, by maintaining low loan-to-liquidation values with each loan and the collateral underlying the loan. However, there can be no assurance that the liquidation value assigned by GC Advisors would be realized by the portfolio company upon liquidation,
nor can there be any assurance that such collateral will retain its value. In addition, certain of our loans will be supported, in whole or in part, by personal guarantees made by the borrower or an affiliate of the borrower. If such guarantee is called and the guarantor fails to meet its obligations under the guarantee, the amount realizable with respect to a loan will generally be detrimentally affected. There could be a monetary as well as a time cost involved in collecting on defaulted loans and, if applicable, taking possession of various types of collateral. In addition, any activity deemed to be active lending/origination by us could subject it to additional regulation.
An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including, but not limited to, the lack of available information about these companies.
We invest primarily
in privately held companies. Because private companies have reduced access to the capital markets, such companies could have diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress. Often, the depth and breadth of experience of management in private companies tends to be less than that at public companies, which makes such companies more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a smaller group of persons and/or persons with less depth and breadth of experience. Therefore, the decisions made by such management teams and/or the departure of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the portfolio company and, as a result our investments.
We would be subject to risks if we are required to assume operation of portfolio companies upon default.
We, together with other funds managed by GC Advisors and its affiliates, would be
expected to take over a portfolio company if the company defaults on its loans. Depending on factors including the health of the economy, the credit cycle, and the portfolio companies’ various industries, it is reasonable to assume that portfolio companies will default over time, and this risk is significantly increased by the COVID-19 pandemic. In such circumstances, we and the other funds would likely seek to enforce our rights under the applicable credit documentation and could opt to take over such portfolio companies. When a portfolio company is taken over, we and the other funds and their investors are subject to different risks than we are as holders of interests in loans to such portfolio company. Operating a portfolio company, even for a limited period of time pending the sale of collateral, can distract senior personnel of GC Advisors and its affiliates from their normal
business. Additionally, defaulting portfolio companies often require additional capital to be effectively turned around. There is no guarantee that any defaulting portfolio company can be turned around or that our investments in such portfolio company will be successful. Finally, operating a portfolio company could subject us to potential liabilities, including management, employment, and/or environmental liabilities.
The lack of liquidity in our investments could adversely affect our business.
The debt to which we are primarily exposed is expected to consist predominantly of loans and notes that are obligations of corporations, partnerships or other entities. This debt often has no, or only a limited, trading market. The investment in illiquid debt will often restrict our ability to dispose of investments in a timely fashion, for a fair price, or at all. If an underlying issuer
of debt experiences an adverse event, this illiquidity would make it more difficult for us to sell such debt, and we could instead be required to pursue a workout or alternate way out of the position. To the extent debt in a portfolio company is also held by other third-party investors, we would generally have limited control over a workout or alternate means of disposition and the person(s) having such control could have interests that are not aligned with ours. We would likely also face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we, GC Advisors, Golub Capital or any of its affiliates have material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.
Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets could adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.
As a business development company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. The fair value methodology utilized is in accordance with the fair value principles established by the ASC Topic 820. Our board of directors uses the services of one or more independent service providers to review the valuation of our illiquid investments. Valuations reflect significant events that affect the value of the instruments. As part of the valuation process, we could take into account the following types of factors,
if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:
•a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to publicly traded securities;
•the enterprise value of the portfolio company;
•the nature and realizable value of any collateral;
•the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow;
•the markets in which the portfolio company does business; and
•changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that could affect the price at which similar investments could be made in the future and other
relevant factors.
The fair value measurement seeks to approximate the price that would be received for an investment on a current sale and assumes that the transaction to sell an asset occurs in the principal market for such asset or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for such asset, which could be a hypothetical market, and excludes transaction costs. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. We record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets could result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio could reduce our net asset value by increasing net unrealized depreciation
in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and could suffer additional unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Because orderly markets currently do not exist for some investments, and because valuations, and particularly valuations of private investments and private companies, require judgment, are inherently uncertain, could fluctuate over short periods and are often based on estimates, our determinations of the fair value of investments could differ materially from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments.
Our portfolio companies could prepay loans, which could reduce our yields if capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.
The
loans in our investment portfolio could be prepaid at any time, generally with little advance notice. Whether a loan is prepaid will depend both on the continued positive performance of the portfolio company and the existence of favorable financing market conditions that allow such company the ability to replace existing financing with less expensive capital. As market conditions change, we do not know when, and if, prepayment could be possible for each portfolio company. Certain fixed-income securities are subject to the risk of unanticipated prepayment. Prepayment risk is the risk that, when interest rates fall, the issuer will redeem the security prior to the security’s expected maturity. It is possible that we will reinvest the proceeds from such a redemption at a lower interest rate, resulting in less income to us. Securities subject to prepayment risk generally offer less potential for gains when prevailing interest rates fall. If we buy those securities at a premium,
accelerated prepayments on those securities could cause us to lose a portion of its principal investment. The impact of prepayments on the price of a security can be difficult to predict and could increase the security’s price volatility.
We are subject to credit and default risk and our portfolio companies could be unable to repay or refinance outstanding principal on their loans at or prior to maturity.
Credit risk refers to the likelihood that a borrower will default in the payment of principal and/or interest. Financial strength and solvency of a borrower are the primary factors influencing credit risk. Lack or inadequacy of collateral or credit enhancement for a debt instrument could also affect its credit risk. Credit risk can change over the life of a loan, and securities and other debt instruments that are rated by rating agencies can be downgraded. This risk and the risk
of default is increased to the extent that the loan documents do not require the portfolio companies to pay down the outstanding principal of such debt prior to maturity, which is expected to be a common feature among many of our loan investments. Investments with a deferred interest feature, such as original issue discount income and
payment-in-kind interest, could represent a higher credit risk than investments that must pay interest in full in cash on a regular basis.
A significant downturn in the economy or a particular economic sector
could have a significant impact on the business prospects of the portfolio companies to which we are exposed, whether directly or indirectly. Such developments could adversely affect the ability of such companies to comply with their loan repayment obligations. It is possible that the issuer of a note or other instrument in which we invest could default on its debts, in which case we could lose most or all of its our investment in that instrument, subjecting us to significant loss. The risk and magnitude of losses associated with defaults could be increased where the instrument is leveraged.
We have not yet identified the portfolio company investments we will acquire and we could have difficulty sourcing investment opportunities.
While we currently hold a portfolio of investments, we have not yet identified additional potential investments for our portfolio that we will acquire
with the proceeds of any offering of securities or repayments of investments currently in our portfolio. Privately negotiated investments in loans and illiquid securities or private middle-market companies require substantial due diligence and structuring, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will achieve our anticipated investment pace. As a result, investors will not be able to evaluate any future portfolio company investments prior to purchasing our securities. Additionally, GC Advisors selects all of our investments, and our stockholders will have no input with respect to such investment decisions. These factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our securities. We anticipate that we will use substantially all of the net proceeds of any sale of our securities within approximately six months following the completion of any sale of our securities, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with
our investment objectives and market conditions. Until such appropriate investment opportunities can be found, we could also invest the net proceeds in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. We expect these temporary investments to earn yields substantially lower than the income that we expect to receive in respect of our targeted investment types. As a result, any distributions we make during this period could be substantially smaller than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.
We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act and, therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that could be invested in securities of a single issuer.
We are classified as a non-diversified investment
company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we could invest in securities of a single issuer. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, our net asset value could fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We could also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. Beyond our asset diversification requirements as a RIC under the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and our investments could be concentrated in relatively few portfolio companies. Although we are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, we maintain the flexibility to operate as a diversified investment company
and could do so for an extended period of time.
Our portfolio could be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.
It is possible that our portfolio could be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries. As a result, our interests could be impaired by the concentration of our investments in any one obligor or obligors in a particular industry or geographic location in the event that such obligor, industry or geographic location were to experience adverse business conditions or other adverse events, including the effects of a global health pandemic such as the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, defaults could be highly correlated with particular
obligors, industries or geographic locations. If loans involving a particular obligor, industry or geographic location represent more than a small proportion of our portfolio, and that obligor, industry or geographic location were to experience difficulties that would affect payments on the loans, the overall timing and amount of collections on the loans held by us could differ from what was expected.
We could hold the debt securities of leveraged companies that could, due to the significant volatility of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings.
Leveraged companies could experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress, and the risk of these events would be expected to significantly increase upon the occurrence of adverse events, including for example, the COVID-19
pandemic or an inflationary economic environment. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are products of contested matters and adversarial proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by an issuer could have adverse and permanent effects on the issuer. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the issuer will not necessarily equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. A bankruptcy or other workout, often raises conflicts of interest (including, for example, conflicts over proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants), including between investors who hold different types of interests in the applicable company. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return
on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs of a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and are paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations it owns could be reduced by increases in the number and monetary value of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) can be substantial.
Depending
on the facts and circumstances of our investments and the extent of our involvement in the management of a portfolio company, upon the bankruptcy of a portfolio company, a bankruptcy court could recharacterize our debt investments as equity interests and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. This could occur even though we have structured our investment as senior debt.
Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.
Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we could make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in seeking to:
•increase or maintain in whole or in part our position as a creditor or equity ownership percentage in a portfolio company;
•exercise
warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or
•preserve or enhance the value of our investment.
We have discretion to make follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. Failure on our part to make follow-on investments could, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or could result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful portfolio company. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we could elect not to make a follow-on investment because we do not want to increase our level of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because of regulatory or other considerations. Our ability to make follow-on investments could also be limited by
GC Advisors’ allocation policy.
Because we generally do not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we generally will not be able to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.
To the extent we do not hold controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company makes business decisions with which we disagree, and that the management and/or stockholders of a portfolio company could take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity of the debt and equity investments that we typically hold in our portfolio companies, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio
company and could therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.
Our portfolio companies could incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies and such portfolio companies could fail to generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations to us.
We have invested and intend to invest a portion of our capital in second lien and subordinated loans issued by our portfolio companies, and we could have exposure to a variety of debt that captures particular layers of a borrower’s credit structure, such as “last out” or “second lien” debt, or other subordinated investments that rank below other obligations of the borrower in right of payment. Subordinated investments are subject to greater risk of loss than senior obligations where there are adverse changes to the financial condition of the borrower or a decline
in general economic conditions. Subordinated investments could expose us to particular risks in a distress scenario, such as the risk that creditors are not aligned. Holders of subordinated investments generally have less ability to affect the results of a distressed scenario than holders of more senior investments. Additionally, lenders to companies operating in
workout modes are, in certain circumstances, subject to potential liabilities that could exceed the amount of such loan purchased by us. We have made in the past, and could make in the future, unsecured loans to portfolio
companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on a portfolio company’s collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and could secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured loan obligations after payment in full of all loans secured by collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient
to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.
The rights we could have with respect to the collateral securing any junior priority loans we make to our portfolio companies could also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that could be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens:
•the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral;
•the
ability to control the conduct of such proceedings;
•the approval of amendments to collateral documents;
•releases of liens on the collateral; and
•waivers of past defaults under collateral documents.
We will not always have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights as junior lenders are adversely affected.
The disposition of our investments could result in contingent liabilities.
A significant portion of our investments involve private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in private securities, we could be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of
the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We could also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to potential liabilities. These arrangements could result in contingent liabilities that ultimately result in funding obligations that we must satisfy through our return of payments previously received by us.
GC Advisors’ liability is limited, and we have agreed to indemnify GC Advisors against certain liabilities, which could lead GC Advisors to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the collateral management agreements for each of the Debt Securitizations, GC Advisors does not assume any responsibility to us other than to render the services called
for under those agreements, and it is not responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow GC Advisors’ advice or recommendations. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and each of the collateral management agreements, GC Advisors, its officers, members, personnel, and any person controlling or controlled by GC Advisors are not liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement and the collateral management agreements, except those resulting from acts constituting gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of GC Advisors’ duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the collateral management agreements. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify GC Advisors and each of its officers, directors, members, managers and employees
from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Investment Advisory Agreement and the collateral management agreements, except where attributable to gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of such person’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the collateral management agreements. These protections could lead GC Advisors to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.
We could be subject to risks related to investments in non-U.S. companies.
We have invested and continue to make investments in issuers located outside the United States. Investments in issuers located outside the United States that are generally denominated in non-U.S. currencies involve both risks and opportunities not typically associated with investing in securities of United States companies. The legal and regulatory environments often have material differences, particularly as to bankruptcy and reorganization. Other considerations include changes in exchange rates and exchange control regulations, political and social instability, general economic conditions, expropriation, imposition of non-U.S. taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction
costs, foreign government restrictions, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, greater risks associated with counterparties and settlement, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility. Among the factors that could affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation and political developments. We could employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we cannot assure you that such strategies will be effective or without risk to us. As of September 30, 2022, we were invested in securities of thirty two non-U.S. companies. Securities issued by non-U.S. companies are not “qualifying assets” under the 1940
Act, and we could invest in non-U.S. companies, including emerging markets issuers, to the limited extent such investments are permitted under the 1940 Act.
We could be subject to risks if we engage in hedging transactions and could become subject to risks if we invest in foreign securities.
Under the 1940 Act, a business development company is restricted from acquiring any asset other than assets of the type listed in the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. In order for our investments to be classified as “qualifying assets,” among other requirements, such investments must be in issuers organized under the laws of, and which have their principal
place of business in, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands or any other possession of the United States.
We can invest in non-U.S. companies, including emerging market issuers, to the limited extent such investments are permitted under the 1940 Act. We expect that these investments would focus on the same types of investments that we make in U.S. middle-market companies and accordingly would be complementary to our overall strategy and enhance the diversity of our holdings. Investing in securities of emerging market issuers involves many risks including economic, social, political, financial, tax and security conditions in the emerging market, potential inflationary economic environments, regulation by foreign governments, different accounting standards and political uncertainties. Economic, social, political, financial, tax and security conditions also could negatively
affect the value of emerging market companies. These factors could include changes in the emerging market government’s economic and fiscal policies, the possible imposition of, or changes in, currency exchange laws or other laws or restrictions applicable to the emerging market companies or investments in their securities and the possibility of fluctuations in the rate of exchange between currencies. Any of our portfolio company investments that are denominated in foreign currencies will be subject to the risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which fluctuations could adversely affect our performance.
We have and could in the future enter into hedging transactions to the limited extent such transactions are permitted under the 1940 Act and applicable commodities laws. Engaging in hedging transactions or investing in foreign securities would entail additional risks to our stockholders. We could, for
example, use instruments such as interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors and, if we were to invest in foreign securities, we could use instruments such as forward contracts or currency options in currencies selected to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. We could also, for example, borrow under a credit facility in currencies selected to minimize our foreign currency exposure. Use of these hedging instruments could include counterparty credit risk. In each such case, we generally would seek to hedge against fluctuations of the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in market interest rates or currency exchange rates. While hedging transactions can reduce such risks, they generally will not be designed to prevent all loss from our position. There also
could be barriers that prevent us from entering into certain hedging transactions. These barriers will not necessarily impact other investment funds managed by GC Advisors or its affiliates. Hedging transactions could result in a lower overall performance for us than if it had not entered into hedging transactions and generally introduces new risks, such as counterparty risk and greater illiquidity. In addition, we are permitted to borrow funds in one or more foreign currencies as a form of protection against currency risk. The use of such financing could create new risks not traditionally associated with credit facilities or other forms of leverage. Conversely, to the extent that we do not enter into hedging transactions, borrower defaults and fluctuations in
currency exchange rates or interest rates could result in poorer overall performance for us than if it had entered into such hedging transactions.
The success of any hedging transactions that we enter into will depend on our ability to correctly predict movements in currency and interest rates. Therefore, while we could enter into hedging transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates could result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged could vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we would not
necessarily seek to (or be able to) establish a perfect correlation between the hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation could prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it is often not possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities would likely fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations. Our ability to engage in hedging transactions could also be limited under the Code as well as adversely affected by rules adopted by the CFTC.
We could suffer losses from our equity investments.
While our investment portfolio will be focused on loans, we are also permitted to invest in equity securities. Such investments are expected to represent minority
ownership in the issuer and are subordinate to the claims of the issuer’s creditors and, to the extent such securities are common securities, to preferred equity holders. The value of equity securities is dependent on the performance of the issuer and can fluctuate based on the issuer’s financial performance, market conditions, and overall economic conditions. Dividends paid to equity holders could be suspended or cancelled at any time, and minority owners could have limited protections. We also could be unable to realize any value if a portfolio company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell our underlying equity interests. In addition, if an issuer of equity securities in which we have invested sells additional shares of its equity securities, our interest in the issuer will be diluted and the value of our investment could decrease. For the foregoing reasons, investments in
equity securities can be highly speculative and carry a substantial risk of loss of investment. Investments in equity securities can carry additional risks or have other characteristics that require different structuring. As such, these investments can be made directly, or indirectly through blocker entities or otherwise.
We could be subject to lender liability claims with respect to our portfolio company investments.
A number of judicial decisions have upheld judgments for borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing or a similar duty owed to the borrower, or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the borrower resulting
in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or stockholders. We could be required to defend allegations of lender liability from time to time.
Loans to companies operating in workout modes or under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code are, in certain circumstances, subject to certain potential liabilities that could exceed the amount of such loan purchased by us. Under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, if a lender or bondholder (i) intentionally takes an action that results in the undercapitalization of a borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such borrower, (ii) engages in other inequitable conduct to the detriment of such other creditors, (iii) engages in fraud with respect to, or makes misrepresentations to, such other creditors or (iv) uses its influence as a stockholder to dominate or control a borrower to the detriment of
other creditors of such borrower, a court could elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors, a remedy called “equitable subordination.” Because of the nature of the loans, the loans could be subject to claims of subordination.
Risks Relating to Investors in Our Securities
There is no public market for shares of our common stock, and we do not expect there to be a market for shares of our common stock.
There is no existing trading market for shares of our common stock, and no market for our shares could develop in the future. If developed, any such market may not be sustained. In the absence of a trading market,
our stockholders could be unable to liquidate an investment in our common stock. Our outstanding shares of common stock have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws and, unless so registered, may not be offered or sold except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Certain fees payable to GC Advisors have been and will be placed in an escrow account and will be paid to GC Advisors only in the event that there is an initial public offering
or listing on a national securities exchange of shares of our common stock or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a merger transaction in which the consideration is in cash or public shares. As a result, GC Advisors will be incentivized to pursue such a liquidity transaction, and the interests of GC Advisors could diverge from the interests of our stockholders.
There are restrictions on the ability of holders of our common stock to transfer shares in excess of the restrictions typically associated with a private placement of securities under Regulation D and other exemptions from regulations under the Securities Act, and these additional restrictions could further limit the liquidity of an investment in shares of our common stock and the price at which holders may be able to sell shares of our common stock.
We are relying on an exemption from registration under the
Securities Act and state securities laws in offering shares of our common stock pursuant to the Subscription Agreements. As such, absent an effective registration statement covering our common stock, shares of our common stock could be resold only in transactions that are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and with our prior consent. Our outstanding shares of common stock have limited transferability which could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of GBDC 3 that might involve a premium price for our securities or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.
Furthermore, should there be an initial public offering of our common stock, holders of our common stock will be subject to lock-up restrictions pursuant to which they will be prohibited from selling shares of our common stock for a minimum of 180 days after the pricing of such initial public offering. The
specific terms of this restriction and any other limitations on the sale of our common stock in connection with or following an initial public offering will be agreed in advance between our board of directors and GC Advisors, acting on behalf of our investors, and the underwriters of the initial public offering.
Investing in our securities could involve an above average degree of risk.
The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective could result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and a higher risk of volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies involve higher levels of risk, and therefore, an investment in our securities may not be suitable for someone with a lower risk tolerance. In addition, our common stock is intended for long-term investors and should not be treated as a trading vehicle.
There
is a risk that investors in our equity securities will not receive distributions or that our distributions will not grow over time and a portion of our distributions could be a return of capital.
We intend to make periodic distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions could be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as any amendments reflected in subsequent filings with the SEC. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a business development company, we could be limited in our ability to make distributions. In addition, all distributions are and will be paid at the discretion
of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable business development company regulations and such other factors as our board of directors could deem relevant from time to time. If we declare a distribution and if more stockholders opt to receive cash distributions rather than participate in our dividend reinvestment plan, we could be forced to sell some of our investments in order to make cash distribution payments. In the event that we encounter delays in locating suitable investment opportunities, we could also pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from the proceeds of private placements of our common stock or from borrowings in anticipation of future cash flow, which could constitute a return of stockholders’ capital. To the extent we make distributions to stockholders that include a return of capital, such portion of the distribution essentially constitutes a
return of the stockholder’s investment. Although such return of capital is generally not currently taxable, such distributions would generally decrease a stockholder’s basis in our common stock and could therefore increase such stockholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon the future sale or other disposition of such common stock. A return of capital distribution could cause a stockholder to recognize a capital gain from the sale of our common stock even if the stockholder sells its shares for less than the original purchase price. Distributions from the proceeds of private placements of our common stock or from borrowings could also reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in our portfolio companies.
We are subject to risks associated with a Liquidity Event and we may not be able to complete a liquidity event on acceptable terms or at all.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to complete a Liquidity Event. In order to complete an initial public offering, if any, of shares of our common stock we will need to access the capital markets to issue equity securities, and unfavorable economic conditions could limit our access to the capital markets. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we would be able to complete an initial public offer or listing on a national securities exchange of our common stock, and an inability to access the capital markets successfully could limit our prospects for completion of a Liquidity Event. In addition to the fact that no trading market could develop for shares of our common stock
after an initial public offering or listing on a national securities exchange, there is a separate and distinct risk that any such secondary market trading in our common stock may not perform as well as other publicly traded funds advised by GC Advisors have historically performed, including GBDC.
We will be subject to risks in connection with a sale of all or substantially all of our assets to, or other Liquidity Event with, an entity for consideration of cash or publicly listed securities of the acquirer. Such risks include the risk that our stockholders could experience a reduction in percentage ownership and voting power in any resulting entity and the risk that the anticipated benefits of any merger or liquidity event may not be realized by the resulting entity. In addition, a Liquidity Event could trigger “change of control” provisions and other restrictions in certain of our contracts,
including credit facilities, and the failure to obtain any required consents or waivers from counterparties could permit such counterparties to terminate, or otherwise increase their rights or our obligations under, any such agreements. If such agreements are terminated or amended, we cannot assure you that we would be able to replace, amend or obtain a waiver under any such agreement on acceptable terms, or at all.
If we enter into an agreement to complete a Liquidity Event in which our stockholders will receive publicly traded securities of an acquirer, our stockholders will be subject to risks associated with such securities. Potential acquirers could include closed-end investment companies and business development companies, shares of which could trade at a discount from net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies and business development companies is separate and distinct from
the risk that their net asset value per share could decline. We cannot assure you whether the common stock or other securities to be received by our stockholders in a Liquidity Event will trade at, above or below their net asset value either before or after closing of the Liquidity Event. In addition, if we seek to enter into a transaction in which our stockholders receive common stock of a publicly traded fund that is advised by our Adviser, such transaction would need to comply with the requirements under the 1940 Act governing transactions with affiliates, which could complicate the negotiation and closing of such transaction.
On September 16, 2019, GCIC, a closed-end, non-diversified management company, managed by GC Advisors, completed a liquidity event by merging with GBDC. We cannot assure you that we will be able to replicate such liquidity event or
that completion of that liquidity event increases our prospects for a Liquidity Event. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete a Liquidity Event on similar terms, or at all or that returns to our investors in a Liquidity Event will be equivalent to any returns that were achieved by investors in GCIC in any liquidity event that could be completed.
We have not established any limit on the amount of funds we can use from available sources, such as borrowings, if any, or proceeds from private placements of our common stock, to fund distributions (which could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in assets).
Any distributions made from sources other than cash flow from operations or relying on fee or expense reimbursement waivers, if any, from GC Advisors or the Administrator are not based on our investment performance,
and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or GC Advisors or the Administrator continues to make such expense reimbursements, if any. The extent to which we pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations will depend on various factors, including the level of participation in our dividend reinvestment plan, how quickly we invest the proceeds from any offerings of our securities and the performance of our investments. There can be no assurance that we will achieve such performance in order to sustain any level of distributions, or be able to pay distributions at all. GC Advisors and the Administrator have no obligation to waive fees or receipt of expense reimbursements, if any.
Our stockholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.
All
distributions declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our dividend reinvestment plan are automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders that do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan will experience dilution in their ownership percentage of our common stock over time.
Our stockholders could receive shares of our common stock as dividends, which could result in adverse tax consequences to them.
Although we currently do not intend to do so, we are permitted to declare
a large portion of a dividend in shares of common stock instead of cash at the election of each stockholder. Revenue Procedures issued by the IRS allow a publicly offered regulated investment company (as defined above) to distribute its own stock as a dividend for the purpose of fulfilling its distribution requirements, if certain conditions are satisfied. Among other things, the aggregate amount of cash available to be distributed to all stockholders is required to be at least 10% of the total distribution, for distributions declared on or before December 31, 2022, and at least 20% of the aggregate declared distribution for distributions declared on or after January 1, 2023. The Internal Revenue Service has also issued private letter rulings on cash/stock dividends paid by RICs and real estate investment trusts where the cash component is limited to 20% of the total distribution
if certain requirements are satisfied. Stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend (including the portion payable in stock) as ordinary income (or, in certain circumstances, long-term capital gain) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes. As a result, stockholders could be required to pay income taxes with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received. It is unclear to what extent we will be able to pay taxable dividends in cash and common stock (whether pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedures, a private letter ruling or otherwise).
We can distribute assets in-kind.
We are permitted to distribute our investments “in-kind” to stockholders. If we do not complete a Liquidity Event, our board of directors (consistent with its fiduciary duties) could determine that
it is necessary or appropriate to distribute securities or other assets as a distribution-in-kind. When a stockholder receives an in-kind distribution of an investment, it will have to make investment decisions concerning the investment without the services of GC Advisors. In addition, after receiving an in-kind distribution of an investment, the stockholder will be responsible for all costs associated with the maintenance and disposition of such investment, which could cause the stockholder’s return on such investment to be lower than had the distribution in-kind not occurred. Further, there is no guarantee that there will be a market for such investment and such stockholder could have to hold such investment indefinitely.
If we issue preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt securities, the net asset value of our common stock could become more volatile.
We
cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock and/or debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt would likely cause the net asset value of our common stock to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of our common stock would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of our common stock than if we had not issued the preferred stock or debt securities. Any decline in the net asset value of our investment would be borne entirely by the holders of our common stock. Therefore, if the
net asset value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of our common stock than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock. This decline in net asset value would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for our common stock.
There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios which could be required by the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or of a downgrade in the ratings of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred stock or the interest payments on the debt securities. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate
investments in order to fund redemption of some or all of the preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of our common stock would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or any combination of these securities. Holders of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt could have different interests than holders of common stock and could at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.
We are currently in a period of capital markets disruption and economic uncertainty.
The success of our activities is affected by general economic and market conditions, including, among others, interest rates, availability of credit, inflation rates, economic uncertainty, changes in laws, and trade barriers. These factors could affect the level and volatility of securities prices and the liquidity of our investments. Volatility or illiquidity could impair our profitability or result in losses. These factors also could adversely affect the availability or cost of our leverage, which would result in lower returns.
In 2020, the U.S. capital markets experienced extreme volatility and disruption following the global
outbreak of COVID-19 (also known as the “coronavirus”). Some economists and major investment banks have expressed concern that the continued spread of the virus globally could lead to a prolonged period of world-wide economic downturn. These disruptions in the capital markets have increased the spread between the yields realized on risk-free and higher risk securities, resulting in illiquidity in parts of the capital markets. Such disruptions could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and future market disruptions and/or illiquidity could negatively impact us. These unfavorable economic conditions could increase our funding costs and limit our access to the capital markets, and could result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us in the future. These events could limit our investments, our ability to grow and could negatively impact our operating results and the fair values of our debt and equity
investments.
Events outside of our control, including public health crises, could negatively affect our portfolio companies, our investment adviser and the results of our operations.
Periods of market volatility could occur in response to pandemics or other events outside of our control. We, GC Advisors, and the portfolio companies in which we invest in could be affected by force majeure events (i.e., events beyond the control of the party claiming that the event has occurred, such as acts of God, fire, flood, earthquakes, outbreaks of an infectious disease, pandemic or any other serious public health concern, war, terrorism, labor strikes, major plant breakdowns, pipeline or electricity line ruptures, failure of technology, defective design and construction, accidents, demographic changes, government macroeconomic policies, social instability, etc.). Some force majeure events could
adversely affect the ability of a party (including us, GC Advisors, a portfolio company or a counterparty to us, GC Advisors, or a portfolio company) to perform its obligations until it is able to remedy the force majeure event. In addition, force majeure events, such as the cessation of the operation of equipment for repair or upgrade, could similarly lead to the unavailability of essential equipment and technologies. These risks could, among other effects, adversely impact the cash flows available from a portfolio company, cause personal injury or loss of life, including to a senior manager of GC Advisors or its affiliates, damage property, or instigate disruptions of service. In addition, the cost to a portfolio company or us of repairing or replacing damaged assets resulting from such force majeure event could be considerable. It will not be possible to insure against all such events, and insurance proceeds received, if any, could be inadequate to completely or even
partially cover any loss of revenues or investments, any increases in operating and maintenance expenses, or any replacements or rehabilitation of property. Certain events causing catastrophic loss could be either uninsurable, or insurable at such high rates as to adversely impact us, GC Advisors, or portfolio companies, as applicable. Force majeure events that are incapable of or are too costly to cure could have permanent adverse effects. Certain force majeure events (such as war or an outbreak of an infectious disease) could have a broader negative impact on the world economy and international business activity generally, or in any of the countries in which we invest or our portfolio companies operate specifically. Such force majeure events could result in or coincide with: increased volatility in the global securities, derivatives and currency markets; a decrease in the reliability of market prices and difficulty in valuing assets; greater fluctuations in currency
exchange rates; increased risk of default (by both government and private issuers); further social, economic, and political instability; nationalization of private enterprise; greater governmental involvement in the economy or in social factors that impact the economy; less governmental regulation and supervision of the securities markets and market participants and decreased monitoring of the markets by governments or self-regulatory organizations and reduced enforcement of regulations; limited, or limitations on, the activities of investors in such markets; controls or restrictions on foreign investment, capital controls and limitations on repatriation of invested capital; inability to purchase and sell investments or otherwise settle security or derivative transactions (i.e., a market freeze); unavailability of currency hedging techniques; substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation, which can last many years and have substantial negative effects
on credit and securities markets as well as the economy as a whole; recessions; and difficulties in obtaining and/or enforcing legal judgments.
Additionally, a major governmental intervention into industry, including the nationalization of an industry or the assertion of control over one or more portfolio companies or its assets, could result in a loss to us, including if the investment in such portfolio companies is canceled, unwound or acquired (which could result in inadequate compensation). Any of the foregoing could therefore adversely affect the performance of us and our investments.
In
December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, was identified in Wuhan, China, and spread to additional countries. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared a global emergency. At various times during the course of the pandemic, orders have been issued and lifted restricting movement within a number of large metropolitan areas, including in some instances, orders to shelter in place. The outbreak of COVID-19 and its related negative public health developments adversely affected workforces, customers, suppliers, economies and financial markets globally. The length of any resulting economic downturn and any additional waves of the disease that could exacerbate or further prolong any downturn are impossible to predict and could affect operations of GC Advisors’ business, including by harming GC Advisors’ ability to manage our investments. In addition, portfolio companies and our investments in
such companies could be adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, or any other pandemic, including by supply disruptions, decreases in consumer demand, loss of personnel either to sickness or movement restrictions, and the resulting global market and economic disruptions. These adverse effects could cause losses in value of our investments, adversely affecting investors.
We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.
We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rate payable on any borrowings and the interest rate payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the number and size of investments we originate or acquire, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to
which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. In light of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of our performance in future periods.
Political uncertainty could adversely affect our business.
U.S. and non-U.S. markets could experience political uncertainty and/or change that subjects investments to heightened risks, including, for instance, risks related to elections in the U.S., the large-scale invasion of Ukraine by Russia that began in February 2022, or the effect on world leaders and governments of global health pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic. These heightened risks could also include: increased risk of default (by both government and private issuers); greater social, trade, economic and political instability (including the risk of war or terrorist activity); greater governmental involvement
in the economy; greater governmental supervision and regulation of the securities markets and market participants resulting in increased expenses related to compliance; greater fluctuations in currency exchange rates; controls or restrictions on foreign investment and/or trade, capital controls and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on the ability to exchange currencies; inability to purchase and sell investments or otherwise settle security or derivative transactions (i.e., a market freeze); unavailability of currency hedging techniques; and slower clearance. During times of political uncertainty and/or change, global markets often become more volatile. There could also be a lower level of monitoring and regulation of markets while a country is experiencing political uncertainty and/or change, and the activities of investors in such markets and enforcement of existing regulations could become more limited. Markets experiencing political uncertainty
and/or change could have substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates typically have negative effects on such countries’ economies and markets. Tax laws could change materially, and any changes in tax laws could have an unpredictable effect on us, our investments and our investors. There can be no assurance that political changes will not cause us or our investors to suffer losses.
The impact of Brexit on our investments is uncertain and could adversely affect our business.
On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom, or the UK, ended its membership in the European Union, or the EU, referred to as Brexit. Following the termination of a transition period, the UK and the EU entered into a trade and cooperation agreement to govern the future relationship
between the parties, which was provisionally applied as of January 1, 2021 and entered into force on May 1, 2021 following ratification by the EU. With respect to financial services, the agreement leaves decisions on equivalence and adequacy to be determined by each of the U.K. and E.U. unilaterally in due course. As a result, certain UK licensed entities are unable to provide regulated services in a number of EU jurisdictions from the end of December 2020, absent regulatory relief or other measures implemented by individual countries. Such agreement is untested and could lead to ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the United Kingdom and in wider European and global markets for some time. The longer term economic, legal, political and social implications of Brexit are unclear at this stage. Brexit has led to ongoing
political and economic uncertainty and periods of increased volatility in both the UK and in wider European markets for some time. Brexit could lead to calls for similar referendums in other European jurisdictions, which could cause increased economic volatility in the European and global markets. This mid- to long-term uncertainty could have adverse effects on the economy generally and on our ability to earn attractive returns. In particular, currency volatility could mean that our returns are adversely affected by market movements and could make it more difficult, or more expensive, for us to execute prudent currency hedging policies. Potential
decline
in the value of the British Pound and/or the Euro against other currencies, along with the potential further downgrading of the UK’s sovereign credit rating, could also have an impact on the performance of certain investments made in the UK or Europe.
New or modified laws or regulations governing our operations could adversely affect our business.
We and our portfolio companies are subject to regulation by laws at the U.S. federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, could change from time to time, including as the result of interpretive guidance or other directives from the U.S. President and others in the executive branch, and new laws, regulations and interpretations could also come into effect. For example, the current U.S. presidential administration could support an enhanced regulatory agenda that imposes greater costs on all
sectors and on financial services companies in particular. Any such new or changed laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, and political uncertainty could increase regulatory uncertainty in the near term.
The effects of legislative and regulatory proposals directed at the financial services industry or affecting taxation, could negatively impact the operations, cash flows or financial condition of us or our portfolio companies, impose additional costs on us or our portfolio companies, intensify the regulatory supervision of us or our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies. In addition, if we do not comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could lose any licenses that we then hold for the conduct of our business and could be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties.
We
invest in securities of issuers that are subject to governmental and non-governmental regulations, including by federal and state regulators and various self-regulatory organizations. Companies participating in regulated activities could incur significant costs to comply with these laws and regulations. If a company in which we invest fails to comply with an applicable regulatory regime, it could be subject to fines, injunctions, operating restrictions or criminal prosecution, any of which could materially and adversely affect the value of our investment.
Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations, including those associated with RICs, could cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities or result in the imposition of corporate-level taxes on us. Such changes could result in material differences to our strategies and plans and could shift
our investment focus from the areas of expertise of GC Advisors to other types of investments in which GC Advisors could have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment. If we invest in commodity interests in the future, GC Advisors could determine not to use investment strategies that trigger additional regulation by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, or could determine to operate subject to CFTC regulation, if applicable. If we or GC Advisors were to operate subject to CFTC regulation, we could incur additional expenses and would be subject to additional regulation.
On October 21, 2014, U.S. risk retention rules adopted pursuant to Section 941 of Dodd-Frank, or the U.S. Risk Retention Rules, were issued and became effective
with respect to collateralized loan obligation, or CLOs, on December 24, 2016. The U.S. Risk Retention Rules require the sponsor (directly or through a majority-owned affiliate) of a debt securitization subject to such rules, such as CLOs, in the absence of an exemption, to retain an economic interest, or the Retention Interest, in the credit risk of the assets being securitized in the form of an eligible horizontal residual interest, an eligible vertical interest, or a combination thereof, in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Risk Retention Rules. Due to the interplay of the 1940 Act restrictions on principal and joint transactions and the U.S. Risk Retention Rules, we sought no-action relief to ensure that we could engage in CLO financing under the 1940 Act and the risk retention rules mandated by Section 941 of Dodd-Frank. On September 7, 2018 we received
a no-action letter from the staff, or the Staff, of the Division of Investment Management of the SEC that states that the Staff would not recommend that the SEC take any enforcement action under Section 57(a) of the1940 Act, or Rule 17d-1 under the 1940 Act against us or GC Advisors if we were to acquire CLO equity as a Retention Interest in the manner described in a letter submitted to the Staff on behalf of us.
However, the no-action relief we received did not address whether or not the CLO transactions described therein would satisfy the requirements of the U.S. Risk Retention Rules. As a general matter, available interpretive authority to date addressing the U.S. Risk Retention Rules applicable to CLOs is limited, and there is limited judicial decisional authority or applicable agency interpretation that has directly addressed any of the risk retention approaches taken with respect to CLOs. Accordingly, there can be no assurance
that the applicable federal agencies will agree that any CLO transaction we undertake, or the manner in which we hold any retention interests, complies with the U.S. Risk Retention Rules. If we ever determined that undertaking CLO transactions would subject us or any of our affiliates to unacceptable regulatory risk, our ability to execute CLOs could be limited or otherwise curtailed. Given the more attractive financing costs associated with these types of debt securitization as opposed to other types of financing available (such as traditional senior secured facilities), this would, in turn, increase our financing costs. Any associated increase in financing costs would ultimately be borne by our common stockholders.
Over the last several years, there also has been an increase in regulatory attention to the extension of credit outside of the traditional banking sector, raising the possibility that some portion of the non-bank financial sector will be subject to new regulation. While it cannot be known at this time whether any regulation will be implemented or what form it will take, increased regulation of non-bank credit extension could negatively impact our operations, cash flows or financial condition, impose additional costs on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of us or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We incur significant costs as a result of having securities registered under the Exchange Act.
We incur legal, accounting and
other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules implemented by the SEC.
We are an “emerging growth company,” and we do not know if such status will make our shares of common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, until the earliest of:
•the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of any initial public offering of shares of our common stock;
•the year in which our total annual gross revenues first exceed $1.235
billion;
•the date on which we have, during the prior three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and
•the last day of a fiscal year in which we (1) have an aggregate worldwide market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more, computed at the end of each fiscal year as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (2) have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least one year (and filed at least one annual report under the Exchange Act).
As an emerging growth company, we are eligible to take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and disclosure requirements permitted by the JOBS Act and, as a result, some investors could consider our common stock less attractive.
For example, while we are an emerging growth company and/or a non-accelerated filer within the meaning of the Exchange Act, we can take advantage of an exemption from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This could increase the risk that material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected.
Our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act involves significant expenditures, and non-compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act would adversely affect us and the value of our common stock.
Under current SEC rules, we are required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act and related rules and regulations of the SEC. As such, we are required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, we incur expenses that could negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. This process also results in a diversion of management’s time and attention. We cannot ensure that our evaluation, testing and remediation process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting will be effective. In the event that we are unable to maintain compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we and the market price of our securities would be adversely affected.
Technological innovations and industry disruptions could negatively impact us.
Technological
innovations have disrupted traditional approaches in multiple industries and can permit younger companies to achieve success and in the process disrupt markets and market practices. We can provide no assurance that new businesses and approaches will not be created that would compete with us and/or our portfolio companies or alter the market practices in which GC Advisors and its affiliates and us have been designed to function within and on which we depend on for our investment return. New approaches could damage our investments, disrupt the market in which we operate and subject us to increased competition, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of investments.
We are highly dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which could, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay distributions.
Our business depends on the communications and information systems of GC Advisors and its affiliates. GC Advisors and the Administrator are heavily reliant on the information technology infrastructure, processes and procedures of Golub Capital, which has devoted significant resources to developing effective and reliable information technology systems. Information technology changes rapidly, however, and Golub Capital could fail to stay ahead of such advances. Moreover, Golub Capital could find itself a target of cyberattacks, including cyber espionage, malware, ransomware, and other types of hacking.
If any of the Golub Capital information technology systems do not operate properly or are disabled, whether as a result of tampering or a breach of network security systems or otherwise, we and Golub Capital could suffer, among other consequences, financial loss, disruption of businesses and reputational damage and, in the case of Golub Capital, liability to clients. While steps have been taken to mitigate the risk and impact of such attacks, no system is fully attack-proof, and a cyberattack could have an adverse impact on us.
In addition, Golub Capital’s operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in its computer systems and networks. Although Golub Capital takes protective measures, its computer systems, software and networks could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, theft, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could have an
impact on security. We, GC Advisors and the Administrator rely on third-party service providers for certain aspects of their business. Any interruption or deterioration in the performance of these third parties or failures of their information systems and technology could impair the quality of the operations and could affect their reputation, which could have an adverse effect on us.
A data breach could negatively impact our business and result in significant penalties.
GC Advisors is subject to numerous laws in various jurisdictions relating to privacy and the storage, sharing, use, processing, disclosure and protection of information that we and our affiliates hold. The EU’s General Data Protection Regulation, the Cayman Islands Data Protection Law, 2017, and the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 are recent examples of such laws, and GC Advisors anticipates new privacy and
data protection laws will be passed in other jurisdictions in the future. In general, these laws introduce many new obligations on GC Advisors and its affiliates and service providers and create new rights for parties who have given us their personal information, such as investors and others.
Breach of these laws could result in significant financial penalties for GC Advisors and/or us. As interpretation of these laws evolves and new laws are passed, GC Advisors could be required to make changes to its business practices, which could result in additional risks, costs and liabilities to us and adversely affect investment returns. While GC Advisors intends to comply with its privacy and data protection obligations under the privacy and data protection laws that are applicable to it, it is possible that GC Advisors will not be able to accurately anticipate the ways in which regulators and courts will apply or interpret these
laws. A violation of applicable privacy and data protection law could result in negative publicity and/or subject GC Advisors or us, to significant costs associated with litigation, settlements, regulatory action, judgments, liabilities and/or penalties.
Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies.
The operations of us, Golub Capital, any third-party service provider to us or Golub Capital and our portfolio companies are susceptible to risks from cybersecurity attacks and incidents due to reliance on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in relevant computer systems and networks. An adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of the information resources of us or our portfolio companies, or a cyber incident, may be an intentional
attack or an unintentional event and could involve gaining unauthorized access to the information systems of us, Golub Capital or our portfolio companies for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security incidents and cyber-attacks have been occurring globally at a more frequent and severe level and will likely continue to increase in frequency in the future. The result of these incidents may include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection
and insurance costs, litigation and damage to business relationships. The costs related to cyber or other security threats or disruptions may not be fully insured or indemnified by other means. As our and our portfolio companies’ reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to information systems of ours, Golub Capital and our portfolio companies. Although Golub Capital takes protective measures, these measures, as well as an increased awareness of the nature and extent of a risk of a cyber incident, do not guarantee that a cyber incident will not occur and/or that the financial results, operations or confidential information of ours or our portfolio companies will not be negatively impacted by any such incident. Cybersecurity risks require continuous and increasing attention and
other resources, which attention diverts time and other resources from other activities of ours, Golub Capital and our portfolio companies. There is no assurance that any efforts to mitigate cybersecurity risks undertaken by us, Golub Capital or our portfolio companies will be effective. Network, system, application and data breaches as a result of cybersecurity risks or cyber incidents could result in operational disruptions or information misappropriation that could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations and financial condition of us and of our portfolio companies.
We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are located at 200 Park Avenue, 25th Floor, New York, NY10166 and are provided by Golub Capital LLC pursuant to the Administration
Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate to our business.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We, GC Advisors and Golub Capital LLC may, from time to time, be involved in legal and regulatory proceedings arising out of their respective operations in the normal course of business or otherwise. While there can be no assurance of the ultimate disposition of any such proceedings, each of us, GC Advisors and Golub Capital LLC do not believe it is currently subject to any material legal proceedings.
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
Until
the completion of a Liquidity Event, our outstanding common stock will be offered and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Section 4(a)(2) and Regulation D. There is no public market for our common stock currently, nor can we give any assurance that one will develop.
Because shares of our common stock have been acquired by investors in one or more transactions “not involving a public offering,” they are “restricted securities” and may be required to be held indefinitely. Such shares may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of unless (i) our consent is granted, and (ii) the shares are registered under applicable securities laws or specifically exempted from registration (in which case the stockholder may, at our option, be required to provide us with a legal opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to us,
that registration is not required). Accordingly, an investor must be willing to bear the economic risk of investment in the shares until we are liquidated. No sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition, whether voluntary or involuntary, of the shares may be made except by registration of the transfer on our books. Each transferee will be required to execute an instrument agreeing to be bound by these restrictions and the other restrictions imposed on the shares and to execute such other instruments or certifications as are reasonably required by us.
To
the extent that we have income available, we intend to make periodic distributions to our stockholders. Our distributions, if any, are determined by our board of directors. Any distributions to our stockholders will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution.
The following table reflects the cash distributions, including dividends and returns of capital, per share that we have paid on our common stock for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:
We
currently intend to distribute net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually out of the assets legally available for such distributions. However, we may decide in the future to retain such capital gains for investment and elect to treat such gains as deemed distributions to you. If this happens, you will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if you had received an actual distribution of the capital gains that we retain and reinvested the net after tax proceeds in us. In this situation, you would be eligible to claim a tax credit (or, in certain circumstances, a tax refund) equal to your allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to you. See “Item 1. Business - Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - Taxation of U.S. Stockholders.” We cannot
assure you that we will achieve results that will permit us to pay any cash distributions, and if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so would cause us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if such distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Except as previously reported by us on our current reports on Form 8-K, we did not sell any securities during the period covered by this Form 10-K that were not registered under the Securities Act.
We are party to subscription agreements with several investors, including affiliates of GC Advisors, providing for the private placement of our common stock, or the Subscription Agreements. Under the terms of
the Subscription Agreements, investors are required to fund drawdowns to purchase our common stock, at a price per share equal to the most recent net asset value per share as determined by our board of directors (subject to adjustment to the extent
required by Section 23 of the 1940 Act), up to the amount of their respective capital subscriptions on an as-needed basis as determined by us with a minimum of 10 calendar days prior notice.
As of September 30, 2022, our
stockholders have subscribed to contribute capital to us of $1,388.3 million pursuant to the Subscription Agreements of which $1,209.8 million was called and contributed through September 30, 2022.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. In this report, “we,”“us,”“our” and “GBDC 3” refer to Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Forward-Looking Statements
Some of the statements in this annual report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or our future performance or financial
condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:
•our future operating results;
•our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, including our and their ability to achieve our respective objectives due to disruptions, including those caused by global health pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, or other large scale events;
•the effect of investments that we expect to make and the competition for those investments;
•our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;
•completion
of a public offering of our securities or other liquidity event;
•actual and potential conflicts of interest with GC Advisors and other affiliates of Golub Capital;
•the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its effect on the industries in which we invest;
•the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;
•the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments;
•the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital;
•the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;
•general
economic and political trends and other external factors, including the COVID-19 pandemic;
•changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital markets that could result in changes to the value of our assets;
•elevating levels of inflation, and its impact on us, on our portfolio companies and on the industries in which we invest;
•the ability of GC Advisors to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;
•the ability of GC Advisors or its affiliates to attract and retain highly talented professionals;
•the ability
of GC Advisors to continue to effectively manage our business due to disruptions, including those caused by global health pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, or other large scale events;
•turmoil in Ukraine and Russia, including sanctions related to such turmoil, and the potential for volatility in energy prices and other supply chain issues and any impact on the industries in which we invest;
•our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a business development company;
•general price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets;
•the impact of information technology systems and systems failures, including data security breaches, data privacy compliance, network disruptions,
and cybersecurity attacks;
•the impact on our business of Dodd-Frank and the rules and regulations issued thereunder and any actions toward repeal thereof; and
•the effect of changes to tax legislation and our tax position.
Such forward-looking statements may include statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “may,”“might,”“will,”“intend,”“should,”“could,”“can,”“would,”“expect,”“believe,”“estimate,”“anticipate,”“predict,”“potential,”“plan” or similar words. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those implied
or
expressed in the forward-looking statements for any reason, including the factors set forth as “Risk Factors” in this annual report on Form 10-K.
We have based the forward-looking statements included in this report on information available to us on the date of this report. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance. You are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we make directly to you or through reports that we have filed or
in the future file with the SEC including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. This annual report on Form 10-K contains statistics and other data that have been obtained from or compiled from information made available by third-party service providers. We have not independently verified such statistics or data.
Overview
We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a business development company and a RIC, we are also subject
to certain constraints, including limitations imposed by the 1940 Act and the Code. We were formed in August 2017 and commenced operations on October 2, 2017.
Our investment objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation by investing primarily in one stop (a loan that combines characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured loans and second lien or subordinated loans and that are often referred to by other middle-market lenders as unitranche loans) and other senior secured loans of U.S. middle-market companies. We also selectively invest in second lien and subordinated loans of, and warrants and minority equity securities in, middle-market companies. We intend to achieve our investment objective by (1) accessing the established loan origination channels developed by Golub Capital, a leading lender to U.S. middle-market
companies with over $55.0 billion in capital under management as of July 1, 2022, (2) selecting investments within our core middle-market company focus, (3) partnering with experienced private equity firms, or sponsors, in many cases with whom Golub Capital has invested alongside in the past, (4) implementing the disciplined underwriting standards of Golub Capital and (5) drawing upon the aggregate experience and resources of Golub Capital.
Our investment activities are managed by GC Advisors and supervised by our board of directors of which a majority of the members are independent of us, GC Advisors and its affiliates.
Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, which was most recently reapproved by our board of directors in May 2022, we have agreed to pay GC Advisors an annual
base management fee based on our average adjusted gross assets as well as an incentive fee based on our investment performance. Under the Administration Agreement, we are provided with certain administrative services by an administrator, or the Administrator, which is currently Golub Capital LLC. Under the Administration Agreement, we have agreed to reimburse the Administrator for our allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of our independent directors) of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement.
We seek to create a portfolio that includes primarily one stop and other senior secured loans by primarily investing approximately $5.0 million to $30.0 million of capital, on average, in the securities of U.S. middle-market companies. We also selectively invest more than $30.0 million in some of our portfolio
companies and generally expect that the size of our individual investments will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base.
We generally invest in securities that have been rated below investment grade by independent rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. These securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. In addition, many of our debt investments have floating interest rates that reset on a periodic basis and typically do not fully pay down principal prior to maturity, which may increase our risk of losing part or all of our investment.
One stop loans include loans to technology companies undergoing strong growth due to new services, increased adoption and/or entry into new markets. We refer to loans to these companies as recurring revenue loans.(1) Other targeted characteristics of recurring revenue businesses include strong customer revenue retention rates, a diversified customer base and backing from growth equity or venture capital firms. In some cases, the borrower’s high revenue growth is supported by a high level of discretionary spending. As part of the underwriting of such loans and consistent with industry practice, we adjust our characterization of the earnings of such borrowers for a reduction or elimination of such discretionary expenses, if appropriate. As of September 30, 2022 and September
30, 2021, one stop loans included $273.1 million and $201.8 million, respectively, of recurring revenue loans at fair value.
Equity investments include investments in preferred equity of portfolio companies structured to have all or a majority of their expected return from contractual rates of return payable based on the original investment. We refer to these investments as yield oriented preferred equity investments. As of September 30, 2022, we had yield oriented preferred equity investments with a total cost basis of $81.9 million with a weighted average contractual rate of approximately 11%, or the Yield Oriented Preferred Return. The Yield Oriented Preferred Return is included in net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The following table shows the weighted average income yield and weighted average investment income yield of our earning portfolio company investments, which represented 100% of our debt investments, as well as the annualized total return based on our average net asset value and the total return based on the change in the net asset value of our stock and assuming distributions were reinvested in accordance with our DRIP in each case for years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:
Total return based on net asset value per share(5)
6.2%
11.5%
(1) As
of November 10, 2022, we updated terminology from “late stage lending” to “recurring revenue” to better reflect the commercial activity of our business.
(2) Represents income from interest and fees, excluding amortization of capitalized fees and discounts divided by the average fair value of earning portfolio company investments, and does not represent a return to any investor in us.
(3) Represents income from interest, fees and amortization of capitalized fees and discounts, divided by the average fair value of earning portfolio company investments, and does not represent a return to any investor in us.
(4) Total return based on average net asset value is calculated as (a) the net increase/(decrease) in net assets resulting from operations divided by (b) the daily average of total net assets. Total return does not include sales load.
(5) Total return based on net asset value per share assumes distributions are reinvested in accordance with the DRIP. Total return does not include sales load.
As of September 30, 2022, GBDC 3 has earned an inception-to-date internal rate of return, or IRR, of 7.8% for stockholders taken as a whole. For the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, GBDC 3 earned a fiscal year-to-date IRR of 7.1% and
11.6%, respectively, for stockholders taken as a whole. The IRR is the annualized effective compound rate of return that brings a series of cash flows to the current value of the cash invested. The IRR was computed based on the actual dates of cash inflows (share issuances, including share issuances through the DRIP), outflows (capital distributions), the stockholders' net asset value, or NAV, at the end of the period and distributions declared and payable at the end of the period (residual value of the stockholders’ NAV and distributions payable as of each measurement date).
Revenues: We generate revenue in the form of interest and fee income on debt investments and capital gains and distributions, if any, on portfolio company investments that we originate or acquire. Our debt investments, whether in the form of senior secured, one stop, second lien or subordinated loans,
typically have a term of three to seven years and bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. In some instances, we receive payments on our debt investments based on scheduled amortization of the outstanding balances. In addition, we receive repayments of some of our debt investments prior to their scheduled maturity date. The frequency or volume of these repayments fluctuates significantly from period to period. Our portfolio activity also reflects the proceeds of sales of securities. In some cases, our investments provide for deferred interest payments or PIK interest. The principal amount of loans and any accrued but unpaid interest generally become due at the maturity date. In addition, we generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, amendment, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance, administrative agent fees and consulting fees. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount or premium are capitalized,
and we accrete or amortize such amounts as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans as fee income. For additional details on revenues, see “Critical Accounting Policies - Revenue Recognition.”
We recognize realized gains or losses on investments based on the difference between the net proceeds from the disposition and the amortized cost basis of the investment or derivative instrument, without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized. We record current period changes in fair value of investments or derivative instruments that are measured at fair value as a component of the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment transactions in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Expenses: Our primary operating expenses include the payment of
fees to GC Advisors under the Investment Advisory Agreement and interest expense on our outstanding debt. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including:
•reimbursement to GC Advisors of organizational and offering expenses up to an aggregate amount of $0.7 million;
•calculating our NAV (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);
•fees and expenses incurred by GC Advisors payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for us and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies or otherwise relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments,
which fees and expenses include, among other items, due diligence reports, appraisal reports, any studies commissioned by GC Advisors and travel and lodging expenses;
•expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts;
•administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement (including payments based upon our allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs);
•fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments in portfolio companies,
including costs associated with meeting financial sponsors;
•transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses;
•U.S. federal and state registration and franchise fees;
•U.S. federal, state and local taxes;
•independent directors’ fees and expenses;
•costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required
by the SEC or other regulators;
•costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs;
•costs associated with individual or group stockholders;
•costs associated with compliance under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
•our allocable portion of any fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;
•direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs;
•proxy
voting expenses; and
•all other expenses incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business.
We expect our general and administrative expenses to be relatively stable or decline as a percentage of total assets during periods of asset growth and to increase during periods of asset declines.
GC Advisors, as collateral manager for the 2021 Issuer under the 2021 Collateral Management Agreement is entitled to receive an annual fee in an amount equal to 0.35% of the principal balance of the portfolio loans held by the 2021 Issuer at the beginning of the collection period relating to each payment date, which is payable in arrears on each payment date. Under the 2021 Collateral Management Agreement, the term “collection period” refers to
the period commencing on the tenth business day prior to the preceding payment date and ending on (but excluding) the tenth business day prior to such payment date.
GC Advisors, as collateral manager for our indirect, wholly owned, consolidated subsidiary, Golub Capital BDC 3 ABS 2022-1 LLC, or the 2022 Issuer, under the 2022 Collateral Management Agreement is entitled to receive an annual fee in an amount equal to 0.35% of the principal balance of the portfolio loans held by the 2022 Issuer at the beginning of the collection period relating to each payment date, which is payable in arrears on each payment date. Under the 2022 Collateral Management Agreement, the term “collection period” relating to any payment date, refers to the period commencing on the tenth business day prior to the preceding payment date and ending on (but excluding) the tenth business day prior to such payment date.
Collateral
management fees are paid directly by the 2021 Issuer and 2022 Issuer are offset against the management fees payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In addition, the 2021 Issuer and the 2022 Issuer paid Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, structuring and placement fees for its services in connection with the structuring of the 2021 Debt Securitization, and the 2022 Debt Securitization, respectively (as defined in Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements). Term debt securitizations, are also known as collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs. Term debt securitization and asset backed securitizations are a form of secured financing incurred by us, which are consolidated by us and subject to our overall asset coverage requirement. The 2021 Issuer and 2022 Issuer also agreed to pay ongoing administrative expenses to the trustee, collateral manager, independent accountants, legal counsel, rating agencies and independent managers in connection with developing
and maintaining reports, and providing required services in connection with the administration of the 2021 Debt Securitization and 2022 Debt Securitization, respectively.
We believe that these administrative expenses approximate the amount of ongoing fees and expenses that we would be required to pay in connection with a traditional secured credit facility. Our common stockholders indirectly bear all of these expenses.
The
spread of COVID-19, which was identified as a global pandemic by the World Health Organization in 2020, resulted in governmental authorities imposing restrictions on travel and the temporary closure of many corporate offices, retail stores, restaurants, healthcare facilities, fitness clubs and manufacturing facilities and factories in affected jurisdictions. While restrictions, business closures and other quarantine measures have been lifted in certain states in the United States and other countries, COVID-19 outbreaks have led, and could lead to, the re-introduction of such restrictions. As a result, we are unable to predict the duration of business and supply chain disruptions, the extent to which COVID-19 will continue to affect our portfolio companies’ operating results or the impact COVID-19 may have on our results of operations and financial condition.
We and GC Advisors continue to monitor the COVID-19
pandemic and guidance from U.S. and international authorities, including federal, state and local public health authorities, and future recommendations from such authorities may further impact our business operations and financial results. Due to certain resurgences of COVID-19 and the threat of new variants of COVID-19, we remain cautious and concerned about the on-going impacts to the U.S. economy from COVID-19.
LIBOR Transition
In July 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority, or the FCA, announced its intention to cease sustaining the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, by the end of 2021.
As of January 1, 2022, USD LIBOR is available in five settings (overnight, one-month, three-month, six-month and 12-month). The IBA has stated
that it will cease to publish all remaining USD LIBOR settings immediately following their publication on June 30, 2023. As of January 1, 2022, all non-USD LIBOR reference rates in all settings ceased to be published.
In April 2018, the New York Federal Reserve Bank began publishing its alternative rate, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR. The Bank of England followed suit in April 2018 by publishing its proposed alternative rate, the Sterling Overnight Index Average, or SONIA.
Each of SOFR and SONIA significantly differ from LIBOR, both in the actual rate and how it is calculated, and therefore it is unclear whether and when markets will adopt either of these rates as a widely accepted replacement for LIBOR.
As
such, when LIBOR is discontinued, if a replacement rate is not widely agreed upon or if a replacement rate is significantly different from LIBOR, it could cause a disruption in the credit markets generally. Such a disruption could also negatively impact the market value and/or transferability of our portfolio company investments. Furthermore, disruptions related to loans and/or other debt financing securitizations (CLOs) in the marketplace could have a material adverse effect on the ability of GC Advisors or its affiliates to enter into loans in the future in accordance with our investment strategy and have a material adverse effect on us. We could also be materially and adversely impacted to the extent GC Advisors or its affiliates are unable to successfully implement an acceptable replacement rate in leverage utilized by us or if there is a prolonged period of mismatch on the interest rates payable on our leverage and our portfolio investments as a result of the discontinued
publication of LIBOR results in a decrease in our net investment income and distributions we are able to pay to our stockholders.
In anticipation of the discontinuation of LIBOR, we have assessed our current debt facilities for our exposure to LIBOR. On March 3, 2022, the SB Revolver was amended to utilize a benchmark interest rate of one-month term SOFR. On June 24, 2022, the DB Credit Facility was amended to utilize a benchmark interest rate of three-month term SOFR and foreign alternative reference rates for U.S. dollar and foreign borrowings, respectively. The notes offered in the 2021 Debt Securitization currently utilize a reference rate to three-month USD LIBOR. We may seek to amend or refinance the 2021 Debt
Securitization prior to June 30, 2023, the cessation date for three-month USD LIBOR. The notes offered in the 2022 Debt Securitization currently utilize a reference rate to three-month term SOFR. We expect any new debt facilities that we enter into subsequent to September 30, 2022 will reference a benchmark interest rate other than LIBOR, such as SOFR.
On November 1, 2022, we issued a capital call to stockholders that is due on November 14, 2022. The estimated shares and proceeds are summarized in the table below:
Date
Shares Issued
NAV
($) per share
Proceeds (in thousands)
Issuance of Shares
11/14/2022
1,343,605.140
$
14.89
$
20,006
On August 5, 2022 and November 18, 2022, our board of directors declared distributions to holders of record as set forth in the table
below:
In an amount (if positive) such that our net asset value as of October 31, 2022 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the net increase in net assets resulting from operations earned by us (if positive) as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP for the period October 1, 2022 through October 31, 2022 and the payment of this distribution is $15.00 per share
In an amount (if positive) such that our net asset value as of January 31, 2023 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the net increase in net assets resulting from operations
earned by us (if positive) as determined in accordance with GAAP for the period January 1, 2023 through January 31, 2023 and the payment of this distribution is $15.00 per share
Consolidated Results of Operations
The comparison of the fiscal years ended September
30, 2021 and 2020 can be found in our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 located within Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Consolidated operating results for years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:
Years
ended September 30,
Variances
2022
2021
2022 vs. 2021
(In
thousands)
Interest income
$
141,559
$
74,135
$
67,424
Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums
7,933
5,229
2,704
Dividend
income
112
254
(142)
Fee income
2,208
1,488
720
Total
investment income
151,812
81,106
70,706
Net expenses
68,903
37,404
31,499
Net
investment income
82,909
43,702
39,207
Net realized gain (loss) on investment transactions
2,441
318
2,123
Net
change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment transactions
(21,950)
22,776
(44,726)
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations
$
63,400
$
66,796
$
(3,396)
Average
earning portfolio company investments, at fair value
$
1,948,478
$
1,056,081
$
892,397
Net income can vary substantially from period to period for various reasons, including the recognition of realized gains and
losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation. In addition, as we have continued to raise and deploy
capital, we have experienced significant growth in total assets, total liabilities and net assets from September 30, 2021 to September 30, 2022. As a result, annual comparisons of operating results may not be meaningful.
Investment Income
Investment income increased from the year ended
September 30, 2021 to the year ended September 30, 2022 by $70.7 million, primarily as a result of an increase in the average earning debt investments balance, which is the average balance of accruing loans in our debt investment portfolio, of $892.4 million and rising floating base rates.
The income yield by debt security type for years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:
Income
yields on senior secured loans increased for the year ended September 30, 2022 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2021 primarily due to rising interest LIBOR and SOFR rates on floating rate portfolio company investments. Income yields on one stop loans remained consistent for the year ended September 30, 2022 as compared to the year ended September 30, 2021, as rising LIBOR and SOFR rates on floating rate portfolio company investments were partially offset by the general trend of interest rate compression on new investments during the first three quarters of the 2022 fiscal year. Our loan portfolio is partially insulated from a drop in floating interest rates as 98.0%
of the loan portfolio at fair value is subject to an interest rate floor. As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, the weighted average base rate floor of our loans was 0.80% and 0.86%, respectively. The decrease in our portfolio’s weighted average base rate floor is primarily due to the majority of our new portfolio company investments originating with base rate floors ranging between 0.00% and 0.75%.
As of September 30, 2022, we have second lien investments in two portfolio companies and subordinated debt investments in two portfolio companies as shown in the Consolidated Schedule of Investments. Due to the limited number of second lien and subordinated debt investments, income yields on second lien and subordinated debt investments
can be significantly impacted by the addition, subtraction or refinancing of one investment.
For additional details on investment yields and asset mix, refer to the “Liquidity and Capital Resources - Portfolio Composition, Investment Activity and Yield” section below.
Expenses
The following table summarizes our expenses for years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:
Years
ended September 30,
Variances
2022
2021
2022 vs. 2021
(In
thousands)
Interest and facility fee expenses
$
30,754
$
11,125
$
19,629
Amortization of debt issuance costs
3,466
1,969
1,497
Base
management fee, net of waiver
20,502
10,999
9,503
Income incentive fee, net of waiver
12,032
8,090
3,942
Capital
gain incentive fee accrued under GAAP, net of waiver
Interest and other debt financing expenses, including amortization of debt issuance costs, increased by $21.1 million, from the year ended September 30, 2021 to the year ended September 30, 2022 primarily due to an increase in average debt outstanding of $476.5 million from the year ended September 30, 2021 to the year ended September 30, 2022 as well as rising LIBOR and SOFR rates on borrowings from our floating rate debt facilities.
For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021
and 2020, the effective average interest rate, which includes amortization of debt financing costs and non-usage facility fees, on the Company's total debt was 3.5%, 2.6% and 3.4%, respectively. The increase in the effective average interest rate from the year ended September 30, 2021 to the year ended September 30, 2022 was primarily due to rising LIBOR and SOFR rates on our floating rate debt facilities.
Management Fees
The base management fee, net of waiver, increased as a result of an increase in average gross assets from year ended September
30, 2021 to the year ended September 30, 2022.
Incentive Fees
The incentive fee payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement consists of two parts: (1) Income Incentive Fee and (2) Capital Gains Incentive Fee. The Income Incentive Fee, net of waiver, increased by $3.9 million from the year ended September 30, 2021 to the year ended September 30, 2022 primarily as a result of an increase in our average earning debt investment balances and the impact of rising LIBOR and SOFR rates
during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2022 that resulted in an increase in our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (as defined in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements) and one-time Income Incentive Fee waiver during the year ended September 30, 2022, described below. For the year ended September 30, 2022, we were in the “catch-up” provision of the calculation of the Income Incentive Fee and for the year ended September 30, 2021 we were fully through the “catch-up” provision. The Income Incentive Fee as a percentage of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, net of waiver, was 13.0% and 15.0% for the year ended September 30, 2022 and year ended September 30, 2021, respectively.
Effective
April 1, 2022, GC Advisors changed its practice of retaining administrative agent fees earned in respect of co-investment transactions in which we participate. In connection with this change, for the three months ended March 31, 2022, GC Advisors voluntarily and irrevocably waived $0.7 million2 of the Income Incentive Fee related to certain administrative agent fees received by GC Advisors prior to this change. The waiver had the net economic effect of providing us an amount equal to our pro rata portion of administrative agent fees earned by GC Advisors from our borrowers.
As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, there was no Capital Gain Incentive Fee payable
as calculated under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In accordance with GAAP, we are required to include the aggregate unrealized capital appreciation on investments in the calculation and accrue a capital gain incentive fee as if such unrealized capital appreciation were realized, even though such unrealized capital appreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the Capital Gain Incentive Fee actually payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement. As of September 30, 2022 there was no cumulative capital gain incentive fee accrual calculated in accordance with GAAP, net of waiver. For the year ended September 30, 2022, we recorded a reversal of capital gain incentive fee under GAAP, net of waiver of $2.1 million which was primarily the result of unrealized depreciation on portfolio company investments during the period. As of September
30, 2021, the cumulative capital gain incentive fee accrual calculated in accordance with GAAP, net of waiver was $2.1 million. Any payment due under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement is calculated in arrears at the end of each calendar year. As of each period of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, no Capital Gain Incentive Fees have been payable as calculated under the Investment Advisory Agreement. For additional details on unrealized appreciation and depreciation of investments, refer to the “Net Realized and Unrealized Gains and Losses” see section below.
2 The net economic effect represents $0.9 million of GBDC
3’s pro rata portion of administrative agent fees retained by GC Advisors since GBDC 3 commenced operations on October 2, 2017, reduced by $0.2 million of the additional incentive fees GC Advisors would have earned on the pro rata portion of administrative agent fees.
Professional Fees, Administrative Service Fees, and General and Administrative Expenses
In total, professional fees, the administrative service fee, and general and administrative expenses increased by $1.2 million from the year ended September
30, 2021 to the year ended September 30, 2022 primarily due to higher professional fees and administrative expenses associated with servicing a growing portfolio. In general, we expect certain of our operating expenses, including professional fees, the administrative service fee, and other general and administrative expenses to decline as a percentage of our total assets during periods of growth and increase as a percentage of our total assets during periods of asset declines.
The Administrator pays for certain expenses incurred by us. These expenses are subsequently reimbursed in cash. Total expenses reimbursed to the Administrator during the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were $1.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively.
As
of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, included in accounts payable and accrued expenses were $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for accrued expenses paid on behalf of us by the Administrator.
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains and Losses
The following table summarizes our net realized and unrealized gains (losses) for years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:
Years
ended September 30,
Variances
2022
2021
2022 vs. 2021
(In thousands)
Net
realized gain (loss) from investments
$
2,064
$
1,430
$
634
Net realized gain (loss) from foreign currency transactions
377
(1,112)
1,489
Net
realized gain (loss) on investment transactions
$
2,441
$
318
$
2,123
Unrealized appreciation from investments
11,701
26,696
(14,995)
Unrealized
(depreciation) from investments
(32,105)
(4,946)
(27,159)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from forward currency contracts
20,154
265
19,889
Unrealized
appreciation (depreciation) on foreign currency translation
(21,700)
761
(22,461)
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment transactions
$
(21,950)
$
22,776
$
(44,726)
During
the year ended September 30, 2022, we had a net realized gain on investment transactions of $2.4 million, primarily due to realized gains on the sale of equity investments in multiple portfolio companies, and to a lesser extent, by recognized realized gains from foreign currency transactions. During the year ended September 30, 2021, we had a net realized gain on investment transactions of $0.3 million, primarily attributable to recognized realized gains on the sale of equity investments in multiple portfolio companies that were partially offset by realized losses from foreign currency transactions.
For the year ended September 30, 2022, we had $11.7 million in unrealized appreciation on 102 portfolio company investments, which was offset by $32.1 million in
unrealized depreciation on 211 portfolio company investments. Unrealized appreciation for the year ended September 30, 2022 primarily resulted from better than expected performance of our portfolio companies. Unrealized depreciation for the year ended September 30, 2022 primarily resulted from decreases in the fair value in the majority of our portfolio company investments due to wider credit spreads in the market during the last two quarters of the 2022 fiscal year, amortization of discounts and the reversal of unrealized appreciation recognized in connection with realized gains on the sale of portfolio company investments. For the year ended September 30, 2022, we had net unrealized depreciation of $21.7 million on the translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currencies that were partially offset by $20.2 million
of unrealized appreciation on forward currency contracts, which resulted from the U.S. dollar appreciation primarily compared to the U.K. pound sterling and Euro.
For the year ended September 30, 2021, we had $26.7 million in unrealized appreciation on 161 portfolio company investments, which was offset by $4.9 million in unrealized depreciation on 80 portfolio company investments. Unrealized appreciation for the year ended September 30, 2021 primarily resulted from better than expected
performance of our portfolio companies and the reversal of depreciation recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Unrealized depreciation for the year ended September 30, 2021 primarily resulted from the amortization of discounts, negative credit related adjustments that caused a reduction in fair value and the reversal of the net unrealized appreciation associated with the sale of portfolio company investments.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
For the year ended September 30, 2022, we
experienced a net decrease in cash and cash equivalents, foreign currencies, restricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies of $23.1 million. During the period we used $829.5 million in operating activities, primarily as a result of fundings of portfolio investments of $1,171.9 million, partially offset by proceeds from principal payments and sales of portfolio investments of $263.7 million. During the same period, cash provided by financing activities was $806.4 million, primarily driven by borrowings on debt of $1,246.2 million and proceeds from the issuance of common shares of $442.1 million, that were partially offset by repayments of debt of $819.7 million and distributions paid of $58.8 million.
For the year ended September 30, 2021, we experienced a net increase in cash and cash equivalents, foreign currencies, restricted cash
and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies of $66.5 million. During the period we used $480.2 million in operating activities, primarily as a result of fundings of portfolio investments of $823.7 million, partially offset by proceeds from principal payments and sales of portfolio investments of $301.7 million. During the same period, cash provided by financing activities was $546.6 million, primarily driven by borrowings on debt of $883.7 million and proceeds from the issuance of common shares of $260.4 million, that were partially offset by repayments of debt of $563.4 million and distributions paid of $30.6 million.
As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $16.3 million and $52.0 million, respectively. In addition, as of September
30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, we had foreign currencies of $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively, restricted cash and cash equivalents of $45.7 million and $35.5 million, respectively, and restricted foreign currencies of $2.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents and foreign currencies are available to fund new investments, pay operating expenses and pay distributions. Restricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies can be used to pay principal and interest on our credit facilities and to fund new investments that meet the guidelines under our credit facilities, as applicable.
As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, we had investor capital subscriptions totaling $1,388.3 million and $1,096.5
million, respectively, of which $1,209.8 million and $767.9 million, respectively, had been called and contributed, leaving $178.5 million and $328.6 million of uncalled investor capital subscriptions, respectively.
Revolving Credit Facilities
SB Revolver - As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, we had $100.0 million and $246.4 million outstanding on the SB Revolver (as defined in Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements), respectively. As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions, we had no remaining commitments and approximately $28.6 million of remaining
commitments, respectively, and no availability as of both September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021 on the SB Revolver. Through a series of amendments during the year ended September 30, 2022, borrowings permitted under the SB Revolver were reduced to $100.0 million as of September 30, 2022 from $275.0 million as of September 30, 2021.
DB Credit Facility - As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, the DB Credit Facility (as defined in Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements) allowed GBDC 3 Funding to borrow up to $750.0 million
and $250.0 million, respectively, at any one time outstanding, subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions. As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, we had $469.0 million and $156.0 million outstanding under the DB Credit Facility, respectively. As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions, we had approximately $281.0 million and $94.0 million of remaining commitments, respectively, and $30.7 million and $94.0 million of availability on the DB Credit Facility, respectively.
Adviser Revolver - As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, we were permitted to borrow up to $40.0 million at any one time outstanding under the Adviser Revolver (as defined in Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements). As of both September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, we had no borrowings outstanding under the Adviser Revolver.
Debt Securitizations
2022 Debt Securitization - On January 25, 2022, we completed the 2022 Debt Securitization. The Class A Senior
Secured Floating Rate Notes are included in the September 30, 2022 Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as our debt and the Subordinated Notes were eliminated in consolidation. As of September 30, 2022, we had outstanding debt under the 2022 Debt Securitization of $252.0 million.
2021 Debt Securitization - On March 11, 2021, we completed the 2021 Debt Securitization. The Class A, Class B, Class C-1, and Class C-2 2021 Notes are included in the September 30, 2022 Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as our debt and the Class D and Subordinated 2021 Notes were eliminated in consolidation. As of both September
30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, we had outstanding debt under the 2021 Debt Securitization of $298.0 million.
Asset Coverage, Contractual Obligations, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Other Liquidity Considerations
In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, we are currently allowed to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. We have not sought or obtained approval to reduce our asset coverage ratio as permitted by and subject to the requirements of Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act and, as a result, remain subject to the 200% asset coverage requirement under Section 61(a)(1) of the 1940 Act. We currently intend to continue to target a GAAP debt-to-equity ratio of 0.85x. As of September
30, 2022, our asset coverage for borrowed amounts was 212.7%.
As of September 30, 2022, we had outstanding commitments to fund investments totaling $308.1 million, including $24.0 million of commitments on undrawn revolvers. As of September 30, 2021, we had outstanding commitments to fund investments totaling $180.4 million, including $17.4 million of commitments on undrawn revolvers. There is no guarantee that these amounts will be funded to the borrowing party now or in the future. The unfunded commitments relate to loans with various maturity dates, but the entire amount was eligible for funding to the borrowers as of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021 respectively, subject to the terms of each loan’s
respective credit agreement. A summary of maturity requirements for our principal borrowings as of September 30, 2022 is included in Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements. We did not have any other material contractual payment obligations as of September 30, 2022. As of September 30, 2022, we believe that we had sufficient assets and liquidity to adequately cover future obligations under our unfunded commitments based on historical rates of drawings upon unfunded commitments and cash balances that we maintain, availability under our DB Credit Facility and Adviser Revolver, ongoing principal repayments on debt investment assets and uncalled investor capital subscriptions.
In addition, we have entered and, in the future, may again enter into derivative
instruments that contain elements of off-balance sheet market and credit risk. Refer to Note 6 of our consolidated financial statements for outstanding forward currency contracts as of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021. Derivative instruments can be affected by market conditions, such as interest rate volatility, which could impact the fair value of the derivative instruments. If market conditions move against us, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the derivative instruments and may realize a loss. We minimize market risk through monitoring its investments and borrowings.
Although we expect to fund the growth of our investment portfolio through net proceeds from capital calls on existing and future
investor capital subscriptions and through our dividend reinvestment plan as well as future borrowings, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, we cannot assure you that our efforts to raise capital will be successful. In addition, we can amend, refinance, or enter into new leverage facilities. In addition to capital not being available, it also could not be available on favorable terms. To the extent we are not able to raise capital on what we believe are favorable terms, we will focus on optimizing returns by investing capital generated from repayments into new investments we believe are attractive from a risk/reward perspective. Furthermore, to the extent we are not able to raise capital and are at or near our targeted leverage ratios, we expect to receive smaller allocations, if any, on new investment opportunities under GC Advisors’ allocation policy.
Portfolio Composition, Investment Activity and Yield
As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, we had investments in 271 and 214 portfolio companies, respectively, with a total fair value of $2,316.1 million and $1,438.6 million, respectively.
The following table shows the asset mix of our new investment commitments for years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:
For the year ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, we had approximately $263.7 million and $301.7 million, respectively, in proceeds from principal payments and sales of equity investments in portfolio companies.
The following table shows the principal, amortized cost and fair value of our portfolio of investments by asset class:
(1)As
of September 30, 2022, $111.0 million and $107.2 million of our loans at amortized cost and fair value, respectively, included a feature permitting a portion of interest due on such loan to be PIK interest.
(2)As of September 30, 2021, $98.1 million and $96.2 million of our loans at amortized cost and fair value, respectively, included a feature permitting a portion of interest due on such loan to be PIK interest.
(3)We refer to a loan as non-accrual when we cease recognizing interest income on the loan because we have stopped pursuing repayment of the loan or, in certain circumstances, it is past due 90 days or more on principal and interest or our management has reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected. See “Critical
Accounting Policies — Revenue Recognition.”
As of September 30, 2022, we had loans in one portfolio company investment on non-accrual status. As of September 30, 2021, we had no loans on non-accrual status. As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, the fair value of our debt investments as a percentage of the outstanding principal value was 98.0% and 99.3%, respectively.
The
following table shows the weighted average rate, spread over the applicable base rate of floating rate and fees of investments originated and the weighted average rate of sales and payoffs of portfolio companies during the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:
Weighted average spread over the applicable
base rate of new floating rate investment fundings
5.8%
5.8%
Weighted average fees of new investment fundings
1.1%
1.2%
Weighted average rate of sales and payoffs of portfolio investments
7.2%
6.2%
As
of September 30, 2022, 97.9% and 98.0%, respectively, of our debt portfolio at amortized cost and at fair value had interest rate floors that limit the minimum applicable interest rates on such loan. As of September 30, 2021, 89.3% and 86.6%, respectively, of our debt portfolio at amortized cost and at fair value had interest rate floors that limit the minimum applicable interest rates on such loans.
As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, the portfolio median earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, for our portfolio companies was $54.5 million and $45.4 million, respectively. The portfolio median EBITDA is based on the most recently reported trailing twelve-month EBITDA received from the portfolio
company.
As part of the monitoring process, GC Advisors regularly assesses the risk profile of each of our investments and rates each of them based on an internal system developed by Golub Capital and its affiliates. This system is not generally accepted in our industry or used by our competitors. It is based on the following categories, which we refer to as GC Advisors’ internal performance ratings:
Internal Performance Ratings
Rating
Definition
5
Involves
the least amount of risk in our portfolio. The borrower is performing above expectations, and the trends and risk factors are generally favorable.
4
Involves an acceptable level of risk that is similar to the risk at the time of origination. The borrower is generally performing as expected, and the risk factors are neutral to favorable.
3
Involves a borrower performing below expectations and indicates that the loan’s risk has increased somewhat since origination. The borrower could be out of compliance with debt covenants; however, loan payments are generally not past due.
2
Involves
a borrower performing materially below expectations and indicates that the loan’s risk has increased materially since origination. In addition to the borrower being generally out of compliance with debt covenants, loan payments could be past due (but generally not more than 180 days past due).
1
Involves a borrower performing substantially below expectations and indicates that the loan’s risk has substantially increased since origination. Most or all of the debt covenants are out of compliance and payments are substantially delinquent. Loans rated 1 are not anticipated to be repaid in full and we will reduce the fair market value of the loan to the amount we anticipate will be recovered.
Our internal performance ratings
do not constitute any rating of investments by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or represent or reflect any third-party assessment of any of our investments.
For any investment rated 1, 2 or 3, GC Advisors will increase its monitoring intensity and prepare regular updates for the investment committee, summarizing current operating results and material impending events and suggesting recommended actions.
GC Advisors monitors and, when appropriate, changes the internal performance ratings assigned to each investment in our portfolio. In connection with our valuation process, GC Advisors and our board of directors review these internal performance ratings on a quarterly basis.
The following table shows the distribution of our investments on the 1 to 5 internal performance rating scale at fair value as of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021:
We intend to make periodic distributions to our stockholders as determined by our board of directors. For additional information on distributions, see “Critical Accounting Policies - Income Taxes.”
We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of our distributions from time to time. In addition, the asset coverage requirements applicable to us as a business development company under the 1940 Act could limit our ability to make distributions. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually,
we will suffer adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, including the possible loss of our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions.
Because federal income tax regulations differ from GAAP, distributions in accordance with tax regulations can differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences are permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified within capital accounts in the financial statements to reflect their tax character. For example, permanent differences in classification result from the treatment of distributions paid from short-term gains as ordinary income dividends for tax purposes. Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future.
To
the extent our taxable earnings fall below the total amount of our distributions for any tax year, a portion of those distributions could be deemed a return of capital to our stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the source of a distribution to our stockholders could be the original capital invested by the stockholder rather than our income or gains. Stockholders should read any written disclosure accompanying a distribution payment carefully and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our ordinary income or gains.
We have adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a distribution, our stockholders’ cash distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless a stockholder specifically “opts out” of our dividend reinvestment plan. If a stockholder opts
out, that stockholder will receive cash distributions. Although distributions paid in the form of additional shares of our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions, stockholders participating in our dividend reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes.
Related Party Transactions
We have entered into a number of business relationships with affiliated or related parties, including the following:
•We entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with GC Advisors. Each of Mr. Lawrence
Golub, our chairman, and Mr. David Golub, our president and chief executive officer, is a manager of GC Advisors, and each of Messrs. Lawrence Golub and David Golub owns an indirect pecuniary interest in GC Advisors.
•Golub Capital LLC provides, and other affiliates of Golub Capital have historically provided, us with the office facilities and administrative services necessary to conduct day-to-day operations pursuant to our Administration Agreement.
•We have entered into a license agreement with Golub Capital LLC, pursuant to
which Golub Capital LLC has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Golub Capital”.
•Under a staffing agreement, or the Staffing Agreement, Golub Capital LLC has agreed to provide GC Advisors with the resources necessary to fulfill its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Staffing Agreement provides that Golub Capital LLC will make available to GC Advisors experienced investment professionals and provide access to the senior investment personnel of Golub Capital LLC for purposes of evaluating, negotiating, structuring, closing and monitoring our investments. The Staffing Agreement also includes a commitment that the members of GC Advisors’ investment committee will serve in such capacity. Services under the Staffing Agreement are provided on a direct cost reimbursement basis. We are not a party to the Staffing Agreement.
•We
have entered into the Adviser Revolver with GC Advisors in order to have the ability to borrow funds on a short-term basis.
•GC Advisors serves as collateral manager to the 2021 Issuer under the 2021 Collateral Management Agreement. Fees payable to GC Advisors for providing these services offset against the base management fee payable by us under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
•GC Advisors serves as collateral manager to the 2022 Issuer under the 2022 Collateral Management Agreement. Fees payable to GC Advisors for providing these services offset against the base management fee payable by us under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
•As of September 30, 2022, GCOP LLC, an affiliate of GC Advisors, had an aggregate
commitment to us of $23.1 million. As of September 30, 2022, we have issued 1,543,367.762 shares of our common stock to GCOP LLC in exchange for aggregate capital contributions totaling $23.1 million. We have also issued 249,048.669 shares to GCOP LLC through the DRIP.
•As of September 30, 2022, GEMS Fund 4, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership whose general partner is controlled by GC Advisors, had an aggregate commitment to us of $27.5 million. As of September 30, 2022, we have issued 1,834,523.315 shares of our common stock to GEMS Fund 4, L.P. in exchange for aggregate capital contributions totaling $27.5 million.
•We and GC Advisors have entered into a placement agent agreement with
an unaffiliated third party for the placement of shares of the Company's common stock. We do not assume any fees associated with this transaction, as GC Advisors is covering all fees under the arrangement.
GC Advisors also sponsors or manages, and expects in the future to sponsor or manage, other investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles (together referred to as “accounts”) that have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, GC Advisors presently serves as the investment adviser to Golub Capital BDC, Inc., a publicly-traded business development company (Nasdaq: GBDC), Golub Capital Direct Lending Corporation, Golub Capital BDC 4, Inc, and Golub Capital Direct Lending Unlevered Corporation, which are business development companies focused on investing primarily in one stop and other senior secured
loans of U.S. middle-market companies. In addition, our officers and directors serve in similar capacities for GBDC, GDLC, GDLCU and GBDC 4. If GC Advisors and its affiliates determine that an investment is appropriate for us and for other such accounts, depending on the availability of such investment and other appropriate factors, and pursuant to GC Advisors’ allocation policy, GC Advisors or its affiliates could determine that we should invest side-by-side with one or more other accounts. We do not intend to make any investments if they are not permitted by applicable law and interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff, or if they are inconsistent with GC Advisors’ allocation procedures.
In addition, we have adopted a formal code of ethics that governs the conduct of our and GC Advisors’ officers, directors and employees. Our officers and directors also remain subject to the duties imposed
by both the 1940 Act and the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland.
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses
during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the following items as critical accounting policies.
Fair Value Measurements
We value investments for which market quotations are readily available at their market quotations. However, a readily available market value is not expected to exist for many of the investments in our portfolio, and we value these portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors under our valuation policy and process.
Valuation methods include comparisons of the portfolio companies to peer companies that are public, determination of the enterprise value of a portfolio company, discounted cash flow analysis and a market interest rate approach. The factors
that are taken into account in fair value pricing investments include: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables; applicable market yields and multiples; security covenants; call protection provisions; information rights; the nature and realizable value of any collateral; the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows and the markets in which it does business; comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public; comparable merger and acquisition transactions; and the principal market and enterprise values. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we will consider the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate the private equity valuation. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair
value of the investments can differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments and differ materially from values that are ultimately received or settled.
Our board of directors is ultimately and solely responsible for determining, in good faith, the fair value of investments that are not publicly traded, whose market prices are not readily available on a quarterly basis or any other situation where portfolio investments require a fair value determination.
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:
Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio
company investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of GC Advisors responsible for credit monitoring. Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our senior management and GC Advisors. The audit committee of our board of directors reviews these preliminary valuations. At least once annually, the valuation for each portfolio investment, subject to a de minimis threshold, is reviewed by an independent valuation firm. The board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith.
Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates. Under current accounting standards, the notes to our consolidated financial statements refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our consolidated financial statements.
We
follow ASC Topic 820 for measuring fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters, or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation models involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the assets or liabilities or market and the assets’ or liabilities’ complexity. Our fair value analysis includes an analysis of the value of any unfunded loan commitments. Assets and liabilities are categorized for disclosure purposes based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. The
valuation hierarchical levels are based upon the transparency of the inputs to the valuation of the asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2: Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and inputs that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3: Inputs include significant unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities and include
situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the assets or liabilities. The inputs into the determination of fair value are based upon the best information available and may require significant management judgment or estimation.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an asset’s or a liability’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and we consider factors specific to the asset or liability. We assess the levels of assets and liabilities at each measurement date, and transfers between levels are recognized on the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that caused
the transfers. There were no transfers among Level 1, 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities during the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. The following section describes the valuation techniques used by us to measure different assets and liabilities at fair value and includes the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the assets and liabilities are categorized.
Valuation of Investments
Level 1 investments are valued using quoted market prices. Level 2 investments are valued using market consensus prices that are corroborated by observable market data and quoted market prices for similar
assets and liabilities. Level 3 investments are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, based on input of management, the audit committee and independent valuation firms that have been engaged at the direction of our board of directors to assist in the valuation of each portfolio investment without a readily available market quotation at least once during a trailing twelve-month period under a valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process. This valuation process is conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with approximately 25% (based on the number of portfolio companies) of our valuations of debt and equity investments without readily available market quotations subject to review by an independent valuation firm. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 , with the exception of money market funds included in cash and cash
equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents (Level 1 investments) and forward currency contracts (Level 2 investments), all investments were valued using Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy.
When determining fair value of Level 3 debt and equity investments, we may take into account the following factors, where relevant: the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons to publicly traded securities, and changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made and other relevant factors. The primary method
for determining enterprise value uses a multiple analysis whereby appropriate multiples are applied to the portfolio company’s EBITDA. A portfolio company’s EBITDA may include pro-forma adjustments for items such as acquisitions, divestitures, or expense reductions. The enterprise value analysis is performed to determine the value of equity investments and to determine if debt investments are credit impaired. If debt investments are credit impaired, we will use the enterprise value analysis or a liquidation basis analysis to determine fair value. For debt investments that are not determined to be credit impaired, we use a market interest rate yield analysis to determine fair value.
In addition, for certain debt investments, we may base our valuation on indicative bid and ask prices provided by an independent third-party pricing service. Bid prices reflect the highest price that we and others may
be willing to pay. Ask prices represent the lowest price that we and others may be willing to accept. We generally use the midpoint of the bid/ask range as our best estimate of fair value of such investment.
Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of Level 3 investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be received or settled. Further, such investments
are generally subject to legal and other restrictions or otherwise are less liquid than publicly traded instruments. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we may realize significantly less than the value at which such investment had previously been recorded.
Our investments are subject to market risk. Market risk is the potential for changes in the value due to market changes. Market risk is directly impacted by the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the investments are traded.
Pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, as recently amended, the board of directors of a registered investment company or BDC is permitted to delegate to a valuation designee, which could be its investment adviser, the responsibility to determine fair value of investments in good faith subject to
the oversight of the board. Our board of directors has determined to continue its determination of fair value of our investments for which market quotations are not readily available in accordance with our valuation policies and procedures and has not designated GC Advisors or any other entity as a valuation designee.
In connection with each sale of shares of our common stock, we make a determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then-current net asset value per share of common stock at the time at which the sale is made or otherwise in violation of the 1940 Act. GC Advisors will consider the following factors, among others, in making such determination:
•The net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report filed with the SEC;
•Its
assessment of whether any change in the net asset value per share of our common stock has occurred (including through the realization of gains on the sale of portfolio securities) during the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value per share of our common stock and ending two days prior to the date of the sale; and
•The magnitude of the difference between the sale price of the shares of common stock and management’s assessment of any change in the net asset value per share of our common stock during the period discussed above.
Valuation of Other Financial Assets and Liabilities
Fair value of our debt and other short-term
borrowings is estimated using Level 3 inputs by discounting remaining payments using comparable market rates or market quotes for similar instruments at the measurement date, if available.
Revenue Recognition:
Our revenue recognition policies are as follows:
Investments and Related Investment Income: Interest income is accrued based upon the outstanding principal amount and contractual interest terms of debt investments. Premiums, discounts, and origination fees are amortized or accreted into interest income over the life of the respective debt investment. For investments with contractual PIK interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the principal balance that generally becomes due at maturity, we do not accrue
PIK interest if the portfolio company valuation indicates that the PIK interest is not likely to be collectible. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of amendment, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance, administrative agent fees, consulting fees and prepayment premiums on loans and record these fees as fee income when earned. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount or premium are capitalized, and we accrete or amortize such amounts as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans as fee income. Dividend income on preferred equity securities is recorded as dividend income on an accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are payable by the portfolio company and are expected to be collected. Dividend income on common equity securities is recorded on the record date for private
portfolio companies or on the ex-dividend date for publicly traded portfolio companies. Distributions received from limited liability company, or LLC, and limited partnership, or LP, investments are evaluated to determine if the distribution should be recorded as dividend income or a return of capital. Generally, we will not record distributions from equity investments in LLCs and LPs as dividend income unless there are sufficient accumulated tax-basis earnings and profits in the LLC or LP prior to the distribution. Distributions that are classified as a return of capital are recorded as a reduction in the cost basis of the investment.
We account for investment transactions on a trade-date basis. Realized gains or losses on investments are measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the disposition and the cost basis of investment,
without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized. We report changes in fair value of investments from the prior period that is measured at fair value as a component of the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment transactions in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and fluctuations arising from the translation of foreign exchange rates on investments in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currencies on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Non-accrual: Loans may be left on accrual status during the period we are pursuing repayment of the loan. Management reviews all loans that become past due 90 days or more on principal and interest or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected for possible placement on non-accrual status. We generally
reverse accrued interest when a loan is placed on non-accrual. Additionally, any original issue discount and market discount are no longer accreted to interest income as of the date the loan is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. We restore non-accrual loans to accrual status when past due principal and interest are paid and, in our management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. As of September 30, 2022, the total fair value of our non-accrual loans was $2.0 million. As of September 30, 2021, there were no non-accrual loans.
Income taxes:
We have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter
M of the Code and operate in a manner so as to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RICs. In order to be subject to tax as a RIC, we are required to meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements, as well as timely distribute to our stockholders dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code and determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, for each tax year. We have made and intend to continue to make the requisite distributions to our stockholders, which will generally relieve us from U.S. federal income taxes.
Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, we may choose to retain taxable income in excess of current year dividend distributions and would distribute such taxable income in the next tax year. We may then be required
to incur a 4% excise tax on such income. To the extent that we determine that our estimated current year annual taxable income, determined on a calendar year basis, could exceed estimated current calendar year dividend distributions, we accrue excise tax, if any, on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned. For each of the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, we did not incur any U.S federal excise tax.
Because federal income tax regulations differ from GAAP, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified within capital accounts in the financial statements to reflect their tax character. For example, permanent
differences in classification may result from the treatment of distributions paid from short-term gains as ordinary income dividends for tax purposes. Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates.
Many of the loans in our portfolio have floating interest rates, and we expect that our loans in the future may also have floating interest rates. These loans are usually based on a floating LIBOR, SOFR or another base rate and typically have interest rate reset provisions that adjust applicable interest rates under such loans to current market rates on a daily, monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. The loans that are subject to floating LIBOR, SOFR or another base rate are also typically subject to a minimum base rate, or floor, that we charge on our loans if the current market rates are below the respective floors. As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, the weighted average floor on the loans subject to floating interest rates was 0.80% and 0.86%, respectively. The SB Revolver has a floating interest rate provision based on one-month term SOFR +
1.70%, the DB Credit Facility has a floating interest rate provision equal to three-month term SOFR + 2.15%, the Adviser Revolver has a floating interest rate provision equal to the short-term Applicable Federal Rate and the Class A, B, and C-1 2021 Notes issued in connection with the 2021 Debt Securitization have floating rate interest provisions based on three-month LIBOR that resets quarterly. In addition, the Class A Senior Secured Notes issued in connection with the 2022 Debt Securitization have floating rate interest provisions based on three-month term SOFR. We expect that other credit facilities into which we enter in the future could have floating interest rate provisions.
Assuming that the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as of September 30, 2022 was to remain constant and that we took no actions to alter our interest rate
sensitivity as of such date, the following table shows the annualized impact of hypothetical base rate changes in interest rates.
Change in interest rates
Increase (decrease) in
interest income(1)
Increase (decrease) in interest
expense
Net increase (decrease) in investment income
(In thousands)
Down 200 basis points
$
(43,952)
$
(22,180)
$
(21,772)
Down 150 basis points
(33,196)
(16,635)
(16,561)
Down
100 basis points
(22,301)
(11,090)
(11,211)
Down 50 basis points
(11,154)
(5,545)
(5,609)
Up 50 basis points
11,163
5,545
5,618
Up
100 basis points
22,326
11,090
11,236
Up 150 basis points
33,489
16,635
16,854
Up 200 basis points
44,652
22,180
22,472
(1)
Assumes applicable three-month base rate as of September 30, 2022, with the exception of SONIA and Prime that utilize the September 30, 2022 rate.
Although we believe that this analysis is indicative of our sensitivity to interest rate changes as of September 30, 2022, it does not adjust for changes in the credit market, credit quality, the size and composition of the assets in our portfolio and other business developments, including borrowings under the SB Revolver, the DB Credit Facility, the Adviser Revolver, the 2021 Debt Securitization, 2022 Debt Securitization or other borrowings, that could affect net increase in net assets resulting from operations, or net income. Accordingly, we can offer no assurances that actual results would
not differ materially from the analysis above.
We could in the future hedge against interest rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as interest rate swaps, futures, options and forward contracts to the limited extent permitted under the 1940 Act and applicable commodities laws. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the investments in our portfolio with fixed interest rates.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The management of Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc. (“GBDC,” and collectively with its subsidiaries,
the “Company,”“we,”“us,”“our” and “Golub Capital BDC 3”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control system is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.
Golub Capital BDC 3’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions recorded necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our policies and procedures also provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of Golub Capital
BDC 3, and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness as to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of Golub Capital BDC 3’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2022. In making
this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued in 2013. Based on the assessment, management believes that, as of September 30, 2022, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To
the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company), including the consolidated schedules of investments, as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended September 30, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at September 30, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations, changes in its net assets, and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.
Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of investments owned as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, by correspondence with the custodians, the underlying investees and broker. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Investments at fair value (amortized
cost of $2,348,087 and $1,421,537, respectively)
$
2,316,103
$
1,438,643
Cash and cash equivalents
16,307
51,954
Foreign currencies (cost of $1,510 and $1,242, respectively)
1,271
1,352
Restricted
cash and cash equivalents
45,672
35,451
Restricted foreign currencies (cost of $2,721 and $1,286 respectively)
2,665
1,222
Cash collateral held at broker for forward currency contracts
—
1,450
Unrealized
appreciation on forward currency contracts
20,467
313
Interest receivable
8,641
4,772
Capital call receivable
—
154
Other
assets
203
—
Total Assets
$
2,411,329
$
1,535,311
Liabilities
Debt
$
1,118,992
$
700,439
Less
unamortized debt issuance costs
(3,055)
2,699
Debt less unamortized debt issuance costs
1,115,937
697,740
Interest payable
10,455
2,312
Distributions
payable
—
11,897
Management and incentive fees payable
10,167
7,742
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
1,697
1,155
Accrued
trustee fees
154
—
Total Liabilities
1,138,410
720,846
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)
Net Assets
Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized, zero shares issued
and outstanding as of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021
—
—
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 85,511,291.055 and 54,297,683.237 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, respectively
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - (continued)
(In thousands)
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents, foreign currencies, restricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies reported within the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition that sum to the total of the same such amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
Foreign currencies (cost of $1,510 and $1,242, respectively)
1,271
1,352
Restricted
cash and cash equivalents
45,672
35,451
Restricted foreign currencies (cost of $2,721 and $1,286, respectively)
2,665
1,222
Total cash and cash equivalents, foreign currencies, restricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies shown in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
$
65,915
$
89,979
See
Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates for a description of cash and cash equivalents, foreign currencies, restricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies.
Denotes that all or a portion of the loan collateralizes the DB Credit Facility (as defined in Note 8).
~
Denotes
that all or a portion of the loan secures the notes offered in the 2021 Debt Securitization (as defined in Note 8).
+
Denotes that all or a portion of the loan secures the notes offered in the 2022 Debt Securitization (as defined in Note 8).
(1) The majority of the investments bear interest at a rate that is permitted to be determined by reference to the London Interbank Offered Rate (‘‘LIBOR’’ or ‘‘L’’) denominated in U.S. dollars, Euro Interbank Offered Rate (‘‘EURIBOR’’ or ‘‘E’’), Prime (‘‘P’’), Sterling Overnight Index Average (‘‘SONIA’’ or ‘‘SN’’), Australian Interbank Rate (‘‘AUD’’ or ‘‘A’’), Canadian Bankers Acceptance Rate (‘‘CDOR’’ or ‘‘C’’), or Secured Overnight Financing Rate (‘‘SOFR’’ or ‘‘SF’’) which reset daily, monthly, quarterly,
semiannually or annually. For each, the Company has provided the spread over the applicable index and the weighted average current interest rate in effect as of September 30, 2022. Certain investments are subject to an interest rate floor. For fixed rate loans, a spread above a reference rate is not applicable. For positions with multiple outstanding contracts, the spread for the largest outstanding contract is shown. Listed below are the index rates as of September 30, 2022, which was the last business day of the period on which the applicable index was determined. The actual index rate for each loan listed
may not be the applicable index rate outstanding as of September 30, 2022, as the loan may have priced or repriced based on an index rate prior to September 30, 2022.
(a) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 30-day LIBOR, which was 3.14% as of September 30, 2022.
(b) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 90-day LIBOR, which was 3.75% as of September 30, 2022.
(c) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 180-day LIBOR, which was 4.23% as of September 30, 2022.
(d)
Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the Prime rate, which was 6.25% as of September 30, 2022.
(e) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 90-day EURIBOR, which was 1.17% as of September 30, 2022.
(f) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 180-day EURIBOR, which was 1.81% as of September 30, 2022.
(g) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the Australia Three Month Interbank Rate, which was 3.11% as of September 30, 2022.
(h) Denotes
that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 90-day CDOR, which was 4.20% as of September 30, 2022.
(i) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to SONIA, which was 2.19% as of September 30, 2022.
(j) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to Daily SOFR, which was 2.98% as of September 30, 2022.
(k) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 30-day term SOFR Rate which was 3.04% as of September 30, 2022.
(l) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan
was indexed to the 90-day term SOFR Rate which was 3.59% as of September 30, 2022.
(m) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 180-day term SOFR Rate which was 3.99% as of September 30, 2022.
(n) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the Canadian Prime Rate, which was 5.45% as of September 30, 2022.
(2)For positions with multiple interest rate contracts, the interest rate shown is a weighted average current interest rate in effect as of September
30, 2022.
(3)The total principal amount is presented for debt investments while the number of shares or units owned is presented for equity investments.
(4)The fair value of the investment was valued using significant unobservable inputs. See Note 7. Fair Value Measurements.
(5)The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan or the unfunded commitment being valued below par. The negative amortized cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.
(6)The entire commitment was unfunded as of September 30, 2022. As such, no interest is being earned on this
investment. The investment may be subject to an unused facility fee.
(7)Loan was on non-accrual status as of September 30, 2022, meaning that the Company has ceased recognizing interest income on the loan.
(8)The investment is treated as a non-qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the ‘‘1940 Act’’). Under the 1940 Act, the Company cannot acquire any non-qualifying asset unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the Company’s total
assets. As of September 30, 2022, total non-qualifying assets at fair value represented 12.5% of the Company’s total assets calculated in accordance with the 1940 Act.
(9)Investment is denominated in foreign currency and is translated into U.S. dollars as of the valuation date or the date of the transaction. See Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates - Foreign Currency Translation.
(10)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in the United Kingdom.
(11)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in Australia.
(12)The
headquarters of this portfolio company is located in Canada.
(13)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in Luxembourg.
(14)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in the Netherlands.
(15)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in Israel.
(16)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in Finland.
(17)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in Sweden.
(18)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in Denmark.
Denotes that all or a portion of the loan collateralizes the DB Credit Facility (as defined in Note 8).
~
Denotes
that all or a portion of the loan secures the notes offered in the 2021 Debt Securitization (as defined in Note 8).
(1) The majority of the investments bear interest at a rate that is permitted to be determined by reference to the LIBOR denominated in U.S. dollars or GBP, EURIBOR, Prime, SONIA, AUD, CDOR, or SOFR which reset daily, monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually. For each, the Company has provided the spread over the applicable index and the weighted average current interest rate in effect as of September 30, 2021. Certain investments are subject to an interest rate floor. For fixed rate loans, a spread above a reference rate is not applicable. For positions with multiple outstanding contracts,
the spread for the largest outstanding contract is shown. Listed below are the index rates as of September 30, 2021, which was the last business day of the period on which the applicable index was determined. The actual index rate for each loan listed may not be the applicable index rate outstanding as of September 30, 2021, as the loan may have priced or repriced based on an index rate prior to September 30, 2021.
(a) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 30-day LIBOR, which was 0.08% as of September 30, 2021.
(b) Denotes
that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 60-day LIBOR, which was 0.11% as of September 30, 2021.
(c) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 90-day LIBOR, which was 0.13% as of September 30, 2021.
(d) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 180-day LIBOR, which was 0.16% as of September 30, 2021.
(e) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the Prime rate, which was 3.25% as of September 30, 2021.
(f) Denotes that all or a portion
of the loan was indexed to the 90-day EURIBOR, which was -0.56% as of September 30, 2021.
(g) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 90-day GBP LIBOR, which was 0.08% as of September 30, 2021.
(h) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 180-day GBP LIBOR, which was 0.17% as of September 30, 2021.
(i) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the Australia Three Month Interbank Rate, which was 0.07% as of September 30, 2021.
(j) Denotes that all
or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 30-day Canadian Bankers Acceptances Rate, which was 0.43% as of September 30, 2021.
(k) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to the 90-day Canadian Bankers Acceptances Rate, which was 0.45% as of September 30, 2021.
(l) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to SONIA, which was 0.05% as of September 30, 2021.
(m) Denotes that all or a portion of the loan was indexed to SOFR, which was 0.05% as of September 30, 2021.
(2)For portfolio
companies with multiple interest rate contracts, the interest rate shown is a weighted average current interest rate in effect as of September 30, 2021.
(3)The total principal amount is presented for debt investments while the number of shares or units owned is presented for equity investments.
(4)The fair value of the investment was valued using significant unobservable inputs. See Note 7. Fair Value Measurements.
(5)The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan or the unfunded commitment being valued below par. The negative amortized cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater
than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.
(6)The entire commitment was unfunded as of September 30, 2021. As such, no interest is being earned on this investment. The investment may be subject to an unused facility fee.
(7)The investment is treated as a non-qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Company cannot acquire any non-qualifying asset unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the Company’s total assets. As of September 30, 2021, total non-qualifying assets at fair
value represented 11.9% of the Company’s total assets calculated in accordance with the 1940 Act.
(8)Investment is denominated in foreign currency and is translated into U.S. dollars as of the valuation date or the date of the transaction. See Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates - Foreign Currency Translation.
(9)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in the United Kingdom.
(10)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in Canada.
(11)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in Australia.
(12)The
headquarters of this portfolio company is located in Luxembourg.
(13)The headquarters of this portfolio company is located in Netherlands.
(14)Equity investments are non-income producing securities unless otherwise noted.
(15)Ownership of certain equity investments occurs through a holding company or partnership.
(16)The Company holds an equity investment that entitles it to receive preferential dividends.
(17)The rate shown is the annualized seven-day yield as of September 30, 2021.
Golub Capital
BDC 3, Inc. (“GBDC 3” and, collectively with its consolidated subsidiaries, the “Company”) is an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that was formed on August 1, 2017 and elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), on September 29, 2017. On October 2, 2017, the date of the commencement of operations, the Company entered into subscription agreements (collectively, the “Subscription Agreements”) to sell shares of GBDC 3's common stock in private placements. In addition, for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, GBDC 3 has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
The Company’s investment strategy is to invest primarily in one stop (a loan that combines characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured loans and second lien or subordinated loans and that are often referred to by other middle-market lenders as unitranche loans) and other senior secured loans of U.S. middle-market companies that are, in most cases, sponsored by private equity firms. The Company also selectively invests in second lien and subordinated (a loan that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks junior to
all of such borrower’s other indebtedness in priority of payment) loans of, and warrants and minority equity securities in, primarily U.S. middle-market companies. The Company has entered into an investment advisory agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) with GC Advisors LLC (the “Investment Adviser”), under which the Investment Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to, the Company. Under an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) the Company is provided with certain services by an administrator (the “Administrator”), which is currently Golub Capital LLC.
Note
2. Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Updates
Basis of presentation: The Company is an investment company as defined in the accounting and reporting guidance under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946 - Financial Services - Investment Companies (“ASC Topic 946”).
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company and related financial information have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”)
as established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) for financial information and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-K and Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments and reclassifications consisting solely of normal accruals that are necessary for the fair presentation of financial results as of and for the periods presented. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Fair value of financial instruments: The Company applies fair value to all of its financial instruments in accordance with ASC Topic 820 - Fair Value Measurement (“ASC Topic 820”). ASC Topic 820 defines fair
value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value and requires disclosures for fair value measurements. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, the Company has categorized its financial instruments carried at fair value, based on the priority of the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of the market participant who holds the financial instrument rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that management believes market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument at the measurement date.
The availability
of observable inputs can vary depending on the financial instrument and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new, whether the product is traded on an active exchange or in the secondary market and the current market conditions. To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for financial instruments classified as Level 3.
Any changes to the valuation methodology are reviewed by management and the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) to confirm that the changes are appropriate. As markets change, new products develop and the pricing for products becomes more or less transparent, the Company will continue to refine its valuation methodologies. See further description
of fair value methodology in Note 7. Fair Value Measurements.
Use of estimates: The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Consolidation: As provided under ASC Topic 946 and Regulation S-X, the Company will generally not consolidate its investment in a company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating
company whose business consists of providing services to the Company. Accordingly, the Company consolidated the results of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Golub Capital 3 Holdings LLC (“GBDC 3 Holdings”), GBDC 3 Funding LLC (“GBDC 3 Funding”), GBDC 3 Funding II LLC (“GBDC 3 Funding II”), Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 Depositor LLC (“2021 CLO Depositor”), Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 LLC (“2021 Issuer”), Golub Capital BDC 3 ABS 2022-1 Depositor LLC (“2022 ABS 2022-1 Depositor”) and Golub Capital BDC 3 ABS 2022-1 LLC (the “2022 Issuer”) in its consolidated
financial statements.
Assets related to transactions that do not meet ASC Topic 860 requirements for accounting sale treatment are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as investments. Those assets are owned by special purpose entities, including GBDC 3 Holdings, GBDC 3 Funding and the 2021 Issuer, that are consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The creditors of the special purpose entities have received security interests in such assets and such assets are not intended to be available to the creditors of GBDC 3 (or any affiliate of GBDC 3).
Cash and cash equivalents and foreign currencies: Cash,
cash equivalents and foreign currencies are highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition. The Company deposits its cash in financial institutions and, at times, such balances exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits.
Restricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies: Restricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies include amounts that are collected and are held by trustees who have been appointed as custodians of the assets securing certain of the Company’s financing transactions. Restricted cash and cash equivalents and restricted foreign currencies are held by the trustees for payment
of interest expense and principal on the outstanding borrowings or reinvestment into new assets.
Foreign currency translation: The Company’s books and records are maintained in U.S. dollars. Any foreign currency amounts are translated into U.S. dollars on the following basis:
(1)Non-U.S. dollar transactions during the year are valued at the prevailing spot exchange rates on the applicable transaction date and the related assets and liabilities are revalued at the prevailing spot exchange rates as of year-end.
Net assets and fair values are presented based on the applicable foreign exchange rates described above and fluctuations arising from the translation of assets and liabilities
are included with the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currencies on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Foreign security and currency transactions involve certain considerations and risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include, but are not limited to, currency fluctuations and revaluations and future adverse political, social and economic developments, which could cause investments in foreign markets to be less liquid and prices more volatile than those of comparable U.S. companies or U.S. government securities.
Forward currency contracts: A forward currency contract is an obligation between two parties to purchase or sell a specific currency for an agreed-upon price at a future date. The Company utilized forward currency contracts
to economically hedge the currency exposure associated with certain foreign-denominated investments. The use of forward currency contracts does not eliminate fluctuations in the price of the underlying securities the Company owns or intends to acquire but establishes a rate of exchange in advance. Fluctuations in the value of these contracts are measured by the difference in the exchange rates on the contract date and reporting date and are recorded as unrealized appreciation (depreciation) until the contracts are closed.
When the contracts are closed, realized gains (losses) are recorded. Realized gains (losses) and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on the contracts are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on forward currency contracts is recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition by counterparty on a net basis, not taking into account collateral posted which is recorded separately, if applicable.
The primary risks associated with forward currency contracts include failure of the counterparty
to meet the terms of the contract and the value of the foreign currency changing unfavorably. These risks can exceed the amounts reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
Refer to Note 6 for more information regarding the forward currency contracts.
Revenue recognition:
Investments and related investment income: Interest income is accrued based upon the outstanding principal amount and contractual interest terms of debt investments.
Loan origination fees, original issue discount
and market discount or premium are capitalized, and the Company accretes or amortizes such amounts over the life of the loan as interest income. For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, interest income included $7,933, $5,229 and $3,327, respectively, of accretion of discounts. For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company received loan origination fees of $16,542, $11,467, and $6,508, respectively.
For
investments with contractual payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the principal balance that generally becomes due at maturity, the Company will not accrue PIK interest if the portfolio company valuation indicates that the PIK interest is not collectible. For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, the Company capitalized PIK interest of $6,189, $2,589, and $1,746, respectively, into the principal balance of certain debt investments.
In addition, the
Company generates revenue in the form of amendment, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance, consulting fees, administrative agent fees, and prepayment premiums on loans. The Company records these fees as fee income when earned. All other income is recorded into income when earned.
For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, fee income included $1,520, $1,183 and $280, respectively, of prepayment premiums, which fees are non-recurring.
For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021
and 2020, the Company received interest and fee income in cash, which excludes capitalized loan origination fees, in the amounts of $133,455, $71,566 and $58,134, respectively.
Dividend income on preferred equity securities is recorded as dividend income on an accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are payable by the portfolio company and are expected to be collected. Dividend income on common equity securities is recorded on the record date for private portfolio companies or on the ex-dividend date for publicly traded portfolio companies. Each distribution received from limited liability company (“LLC”) and limited partnership (“LP”) investments is evaluated to determine if the distribution should be recorded as dividend income or a return
of capital. Generally, the Company will not record distributions from equity investments in LLCs and LPs as dividend income unless there are sufficient accumulated tax-basis earnings and profits in the LLC or LP prior to the distribution. Distributions that are classified as a return of capital are recorded as a reduction in the amortized cost basis of the investment. For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, the Company recorded
dividend income of $112, $254, and $4, respectively, and return of capital distributions of $354, $437 and $0, respectively.
Investment transactions are accounted for on a trade-date basis. Realized gains or losses on investments are measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the disposition and the amortized cost basis of investment, without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized. The
Company reports current period changes in fair value of investments that are measured at fair value as a component of the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and foreign currency translation in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Non-accrual loans: A loan can be left on accrual status during the period the Company is pursuing repayment of the loan. Management reviews all loans that become 90 days or more past due on principal and interest, or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected, for possible placement on non-accrual status. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, unpaid interest credited to income is reversed. Additionally, any original issue discount and market discount are no longer accreted to interest
income as of the date the loan is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans are recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid, and, in management’s judgment, payments are likely to remain current. As of September 30, 2022, the total fair value of non-accrual loans was $2,015. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, there were no non-accrual loans.
Income taxes: The Company has elected to
be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and operates in a manner so as to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RICs. In order to qualify and be subject to tax as a RIC, among other things, the Company is required to meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements and timely distribute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to its stockholders of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code and determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, for each tax year. The Company has made, and intends to continue to make, the requisite distributions to its stockholders, which will generally relieve the
Company from U.S. federal income taxes with respect to all income distributed to its stockholders.
Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, the Company can determine to retain taxable income in excess of current year dividend distributions and distribute such taxable income in the next tax year. The Company may then be required to incur a 4% excise tax on such income. To the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income, determined on a calendar year basis, could exceed estimated current calendar year dividend distributions, the
Company accrues excise tax, if any, on estimated excess taxable income as taxable income is earned. For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not incur U.S. federal excise tax.
Certain of the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal and state corporate-level income taxes. Income tax expense, if any, is included under the income category for which it applies in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, there was no deferred tax asset or liability recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
The Company accounts for income taxes in conformity with ASC Topic 740 - Income Taxes (“ASC Topic 740”). ASC Topic 740 provides guidelines for how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, presented and disclosed in financial statements. ASC Topic 740 requires the evaluation of tax positions taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not”
to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax benefits of positions not deemed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold would be recorded as a tax expense or tax benefit in the current year. It is the Company’s policy to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax benefits in income tax expense. There were no material unrecognized tax benefits or unrecognized tax liabilities related to uncertain income tax positions through September 30, 2022. The Company’s tax returns for the 2019 through 2021 tax years remain subject to examination by U.S. federal and most state tax authorities.
Dividends and distributions: Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the record date. Subject to the discretion of and as determined by the Board, the Company intends to authorize and declare ordinary cash distributions based on a formula approved by the Board on a quarterly basis. The amount to be paid out as a dividend or distribution is determined by the Board each quarter and is generally
based upon the earnings estimated by management. Net realized capital gains, if any, are distributed at least annually, although the Company can retain such capital gains for investment in its discretion.
The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan (“DRIP”) that provides for reinvestment of any distributions the Company declares in cash on behalf of its stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash. As a result, if the Board authorizes and the Company declares a cash distribution, then stockholders who have not “opted out”
of the DRIP will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Company’s common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution. Shares issued under the DRIP will be issued at a price per share equal to the most recent net asset value (“NAV”) per share as determined by the Board (subject to adjustment to the extent required by Section 23 of the 1940 Act).
Deferred debt issuance costs: Deferred debt issuance costs represent fees and other direct incremental costs incurred in connection with the Company’s borrowings. As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021,
the Company had deferred debt issuance costs of $3,055 and $2,699, respectively. These amounts are amortized and included in interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the estimated average life of the borrowings. Amortization expense for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020 was $3,466, $1,969, and $1,192, respectively.
Note 3. Stockholders’ Equity
GBDC 3 is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred
stock at a par value of $0.001 per share and 100,000,000 shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share. Since the commencement of operations on October 2, 2017, GBDC 3 has entered into Subscription Agreements with several investors, including with affiliates of the Investment Adviser, providing for the private placement of GBDC 3’s common stock. Under the terms of the Subscription Agreements, investors are required to fund drawdowns to purchase GBDC 3’s common stock at a price per share equal to the most recent NAV per share as determined by the Board (subject to adjustment to the extent required by Section 23 of the 1940 Act) up to the amount of their respective capital subscriptions on an as-needed basis as determined by GBDC 3 with a minimum of 10 calendar days prior notice.
As of September
30, 2022 and 2021, the Company had the following subscriptions, pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, and contributions from its stockholders:
As
of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the ratio of total contributed capital to total capital subscriptions was 87.1% and 70.0%, respectively, and the Company had uncalled capital commitments of $178,463 and $328,625, respectively. During the year ended September 30, 2021, undrawn subscriptions totaling $6,389 expired pursuant to the terms of the respective Subscription Agreements. Effective January 1, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement to repurchase shares of common stock and, as a result, canceled subscriptions totaling $100 of which $91 were undrawn. Effective June
30, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement to repurchase shares of common stock and, as a result, canceled subscriptions totaling $150 of which $117 were undrawn.
(2)Proceeds reflect unrounded NAV per share multiplied by number of shares issued.
Note 4. Related Party Transactions
Investment Advisory Agreement: Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to, the Company. The Board most recently reapproved the Investment Advisory Agreement in May 2022. The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Investment Adviser receives fees for providing services, consisting of two components, a base management fee and an Incentive Fee (as defined below).
The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate equal to 1.375% of the fair value of the average adjusted gross assets of the Company at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters (including assets purchased with borrowed funds, securitization-related assets, unrealized depreciation or appreciation on derivative instruments and cash collateral on deposit with custodian, but adjusted to exclude cash and cash equivalents so that investors do not pay the base management fee for such assets) and is payable quarterly in arrears. Additionally, the Investment Adviser voluntarily
excludes any assets funded with secured borrowing proceeds from the base management fee calculation. The base management fee is adjusted, based on the actual number of days elapsed relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter, for any share issuances or repurchases during such calendar quarter. For purposes of the Investment Advisory Agreement, cash equivalents mean U.S. government securities and commercial paper instruments maturing within 270 days of purchase (which is different than the GAAP definition, which defines cash equivalents as U.S. government securities and commercial paper instruments maturing within 90 days of purchase). To the extent that the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates provides investment advisory, collateral management or other similar services to a subsidiary of GBDC 3, the base management fee will be reduced by an amount equal to the product of (1) the total fees paid to the Investment Adviser by such subsidiary for
such services and (2) the percentage of such subsidiary’s total equity, including membership interests and any class of notes not exclusively held by one or more third parties, that is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. For periods ending on or prior to the earlier of (1) the date of pricing of an initial public offering or listing on a national securities exchange of the shares of common stock of GBDC 3 or (2) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, or other liquidity event with, an entity for consideration of publicly listed securities of the acquirer (each, a “Liquidity Event”), the Investment Adviser has irrevocably agreed to waive any base management fee in excess of 1.00% of the fair value of the
Company’s average adjusted gross assets as calculated in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement as described above.
For the years ended September 30,
2022, 2021, and 2020, the base management fees incurred by the Company were $28,190, $15,123, and $11,077, respectively, and the base management fees irrevocably waived by the Investment Adviser were $7,688, $4,124, and $3,021, respectively.
The Incentive Fee consists of three parts: the income component (the “Income Incentive Fee”), the capital gains component (the “Capital Gain Incentive Fee”) and the subordinated liquidation incentive component (the “Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee” and, together with the Income Incentive Fee and the Capital Gain Incentive Fee, the “Incentive Fee”).
The Income Incentive
Fee is calculated quarterly in arrears based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the calendar quarter (including the base management fee, taxes, any expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, any expenses of securitizations and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Incentive Fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the
case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero coupon securities, accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash.
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the Income Incentive Fee, it is possible that an Incentive Fee is calculated under this formula with respect to a period in which the Company has incurred a loss. For example, if the Company receives Pre-Incentive Fee Net
Investment Income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a calendar quarter, the Income Incentive Fee will result in a positive value, and an Income Incentive Fee will be paid even if the Company has incurred a loss in such period due to realized and/or unrealized capital losses unless the payment of such Income Incentive Fee would cause the Company to pay Income Incentive Fees and Capital Gain Incentive Fees on a cumulative basis that exceed the Incentive Fee Cap described below.
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness
and before taking into account any Incentive Fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed ‘‘hurdle rate’’ of 1.5% quarterly. If market interest rates rise, it is possible that the Company will be able to invest funds in debt instruments that provide for a higher return, which would increase the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income and make it easier for the Investment Adviser to surpass the fixed hurdle rate and receive an Income Incentive Fee. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income used to calculate this part of the Incentive Fee is also included in the amount of the Company’s total assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents but
including assets purchased with borrowed funds, securitization-related assets, unrealized depreciation or appreciation on derivative instruments and cash collateral on deposit with custodian) used to calculate the base management fee.
The Company calculates the Income Incentive Fee with respect to its Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income quarterly, in arrears, as follows:
•zero in any calendar quarter in which the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate;
•50.0% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate
but is less than the percentage at which amounts payable to the Investment Adviser pursuant to the Income Incentive Fee equal 20.0% of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income that exceeds the hurdle rate as if a hurdle rate did not apply. This portion of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income that exceeds the hurdle rate is referred to as the ‘‘catch-up’’ provision; and
•20.0% of the amount of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the catch-up provision in any calendar quarter.
The sum of these calculations yields the Income Incentive Fee. This amount is appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the quarter.
For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Income Incentive Fee incurred was $13,239, $8,737 and $5,071, respectively.
For periods ending on or prior to the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, the Investment Adviser has agreed to irrevocably waive that portion of the Income
Incentive fee calculated under the Investment Advisory Agreement in amounts in excess of the following amounts (computed on a quarterly basis, in arrears):
•zero in any calendar quarter in which the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate;
•50.0% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than the percentage at which the amount payable to the Investment Adviser equals to 15.0% of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. This portion of the
Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income that exceeds the hurdle rate is referred to as the “catch-up” provision; and
•15.0% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the catch-up provision in any calendar quarter.
For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, the Income Incentive Fee irrevocably waived by the Investment Adviser was $1,207, $647, and $808, respectively.
The second part of the Incentive Fee, the Capital Gain Incentive Fee, equals (a) 20.0% of the
Company’s Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base (as defined below), if any, calculated in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or, upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing with the calendar year ended December 31, 2017, less (b) the aggregate amount of any previously paid Capital Gain Incentive Fees. The Company’s ‘‘Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base’’ equals (1) the sum of (A) realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative positive basis from September 29, 2017, the date the Company elected to be a BDC, through the end of each calendar year, (B) all realized capital losses on a cumulative basis and (C) all unrealized capital depreciation on
a cumulative basis, less (2) unamortized deferred debt issuance costs as of the date of calculation, if and to the extent such costs exceed all unrealized capital appreciation on a cumulative basis. Realized capital gains and losses include gains and losses on investments, foreign currencies, including gains and losses on borrowings in foreign currencies, derivative contracts and any income tax related to cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses.
•The cumulative aggregate realized capital losses are calculated as the sum of the amounts by which (a) the net sales price of each investment in the Company’s portfolio when sold is less than (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
•The
cumulative aggregate realized capital gains are calculated as the sum of the differences, if positive, between (a) the net sales price of each investment in the Company’s portfolio when sold and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
•The aggregate unrealized capital depreciation is calculated as the sum of the differences, if negative, between (a) the valuation of each investment in the Company’s portfolio as of the applicable Capital Gain Incentive Fee calculation date and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
The Capital Gain Incentive Fee is calculated on a cumulative basis from September
29, 2017 through the end of each calendar year or termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement. For periods ending on or prior to the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, the Investment Adviser has agreed to irrevocably waive that portion of the Capital Gain Incentive Fee, calculated as described above, in excess of 15.0% of the Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base, provided that any amounts so waived shall be deemed paid to the Investment Adviser for purposes of determining the Capital Gain Incentive Fee payable after the closing of a public offering or listing.
Realized capital gains and losses include gains and losses on investments, foreign currencies, including gains and losses on borrowings in foreign currencies, derivative contracts and any income tax related to cumulative aggregate realized gains and losses. In accordance with GAAP, the Company also is required to include the aggregate unrealized capital appreciation on investments in the calculation and accrue a capital gain incentive
fee on a quarterly basis, as if such unrealized capital appreciation were realized, even though such unrealized capital appreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement. If the Capital Gain Incentive Fee Base, adjusted as required by GAAP to include unrealized capital appreciation, is positive at the end of a period, then GAAP requires the Company to accrue a capital gain incentive fee equal to 15.0% prior to a Liquidity Event (20.0% following a Liquidity Event) of such amount, less the aggregate amount of the actual Capital Gain Incentive Fees paid and capital gain incentive fees accrued under GAAP in all prior periods. If such amount is negative, then there is no accrual for such period. The resulting accrual under GAAP in a given period results in additional expense if such cumulative amount is greater
than in the prior period or a reversal of previously recorded expense if such cumulative amount is less than in the prior period. There can be no assurance that such unrealized capital appreciation will be realized in the future.
For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, the accrual (reversal) for the capital gain incentive fee under GAAP was ($2,855), $2,855, and ($883), respectively. For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, the accrual (reversal) for the capital gain incentive fee waiver under GAAP was ($714), $714 and ($221), respectively.
There
was no Capital Gain Incentive Fee as calculated under the Investment Advisory Agreement (as described above) payable as of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021. Any payment due under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement is calculated in arrears at the end of each calendar year. The Company has not paid any Capital Gain Incentive Fees calculated in accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement on or prior to September 30, 2022.
As of September 30, 2022 there was no accrual for capital gain incentive fee (net of waiver) under GAAP included in management and incentive fees payable on the Consolidated Statements
of Financial Condition. As of September 30, 2021, there was $2,141, accrued for the capital gain incentive fee (net of waiver) under GAAP included in management and incentive fees payable on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
The third part of the Incentive Fee, the Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee, equals 15.0% of the net proceeds from a liquidation of the Company in excess of adjusted capital, as calculated immediately prior to liquidation. For purposes of this calculation, (a) ‘‘liquidation’’ includes any merger of the Company with another entity or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the shares of the
Company’s common stock in a single or series of related transactions and (b) ‘‘adjusted capital’’ means the net asset value of the Company calculated immediately prior to liquidation in accordance with GAAP less unrealized capital appreciation that would have been subject to the Capital Gain Incentive Fee had capital gain been recognized on the transfer of such assets in the liquidation. The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that no Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee shall be payable for any liquidation that occurs more than six months after the date of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock or a listing of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange. For periods
prior to the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, the Investment Adviser has agreed to waive the Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee.
The Company has structured the calculation of the Incentive Fee to include a fee limitation such that the Income Incentive Fee and the Capital Gain Incentive Fee will not be paid at any time if, after such payment, the cumulative Income Incentive Fees and Capital Gain Incentive Fees paid to date would exceed an incentive fee cap (the ‘‘Incentive Fee Cap’’). For periods ending on or prior to the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, the Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter is equal to the difference between (a) 15.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income and (b) cumulative incentive fees of any kind paid to the Investment Adviser by the
Company since September 29, 2017. For periods beginning after the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, the Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter will be equal to the difference, if positive, between (a) the sum of (i) 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income for the period beginning on the date immediately following the closing of a Liquidity Event and (ii) 15.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income for the period from September 29, 2017 and ending on the date of the
closing of a Liquidity Event and (b) cumulative Income Incentive Fees and Capital Gain Incentive Fees paid to the Investment Adviser by the Company from September 29, 2017.
To the extent the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value in any quarter, no incentive fee would be payable in that quarter. ‘‘Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Income’’ is equal to the sum of (a) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for each period since September 29, 2017 and (b) cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, cumulative
aggregate realized capital losses, cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital appreciation since September 29, 2017.
The sum of the Income Incentive Fee, the Capital Gain Incentive Fee and the Subordinated Liquidation Incentive Fee is the Incentive Fee. Prior to the closing of a Liquidity Event, the Company will deposit one-third of each Income Incentive Fee and Capital Gain Incentive Fee payment into an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) to be administered by U.S. Bank National Association (the “Escrow Agent”). Assets in the Escrow Account will be held by the Escrow Agent until the closing of a Liquidity Event at which time the Escrow Agent will release the assets to the Investment Adviser.
If no Liquidity Event occurs prior to October 2, 2023, the Escrow Agent will return all assets in the Escrow Account to the Company for the benefit of the stockholders. For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, the Company deposited $3,404, $2,469, and $1,273, respectively, into the Escrow Account. As of September 30, 2022, the Company has made deposits totaling $7,844 into the Escrow Account since inception.
Administration
Agreement: Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, the Administrator furnishes the Company with office facilities and equipment and provides clerical, bookkeeping, and record-keeping services at such facilities and provides the Company with other administrative services as the Administrator, subject to review by the Board, determines necessary to conduct the Company's day-to-day operations. The Company reimburses the Administrator for the allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of the Board) of the Administrator’s overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations
under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and the Company’s allocable portion of the cost of its chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. The Board reviews such expenses to determine that these expenses, including any allocation of expenses among the Company and other entities for which the Administrator provides similar services, are reasonable and comparable to administrative services charged by unaffiliated third-party asset managers. In addition, under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator also provides, on the Company’s behalf, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies
to which the Company is required to provide such assistance and will be paid an additional amount based on the cost of the services provided, which amount shall not exceed the amount the Company receives from such portfolio companies.
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, included in accounts payable and accrued expenses is $772 and $544, respectively, for accrued allocated shared services under the Administration Agreement.
Other related party transactions: The Administrator pays for certain unaffiliated third-party expenses incurred
by the Company. Such expenses include postage, printing, office supplies, rating agency fees and professional fees. These expenses are not marked-up and represent the same amount the Company would have paid had the Company paid the expenses directly. These expenses are subsequently reimbursed in cash. Total expenses reimbursed to the Administrator during the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were $1,749 and $997, respectively. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, included in accounts payable and accrued expenses
were $654 and $332, respectively, for reimbursable expenses that were paid by the Administrator on behalf of the Company.
On August 1, 2017, GCOP LLC, an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, purchased 700.000 shares of common stock of the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $11. Subsequently, GCOP LLC entered into Subscription Agreements with capital commitments of $10,000 and $13,000 on October 1, 2018 and January 1, 2020, respectively. On May 19, 2022, GCOP LLC entered into an agreement to purchase an existing stockholder’s
$125 subscription commitment and the 8,005.409 shares of common stock held by such stockholder. As of September 30, 2022, GCOP LLC has an aggregate commitment of $23,136. As of September 30, 2022, the Company has issued
1,543,367.762 shares of its common stock to GCOP LLC in exchange for aggregate capital contributions totaling $23,136 and has also issued 249,048.669 shares to GCOP LLC through the DRIP.
On October 2, 2017, GEMS Fund 4, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership whose general partner is controlled by the Investment Adviser, entered into a Subscription Agreement for an aggregate commitment of $27,500. As of September 30, 2022, the Company has issued 1,834,523.315 shares of its common stock to GEMS Fund 4, L.P. in exchange for aggregate capital contributions totaling $27,500.
The Company is party to an unsecured revolving credit facility with the Investment Adviser (as amended, the “Adviser Revolver”) which, as of September 30, 2022, permits the Company to borrow a maximum of $40,000 and expires on September 29, 2023. Refer to Note 8. Borrowings for discussion of the Adviser Revolver.
On May 24, 2021, the Company and the Investment Adviser entered into a placement agent agreement with an unaffiliated third party for the placement of shares of the
Company's common stock. The Company is not responsible for any fees associated with the transaction, as the Investment Adviser is covering all fees payable under the agreement.
The following tables show the portfolio composition by geographic region at amortized cost and fair value as a percentage of total investments in portfolio companies. The geographic composition is determined by the location of the corporate headquarters of the portfolio company, which is not always indicative of the primary source of the portfolio company’s business.
The Company enters into forward currency contracts from time to time to help mitigate the impact that an adverse change in foreign exchange rates would have on the value of the Company’s investments denominated in foreign currencies.
In
order to better define its contractual rights and to secure rights that will help the Company mitigate its counterparty risk, the Company has entered into an International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. Master
Agreement (“ISDA Master Agreement”) with its derivative counterparty, Macquarie Bank Limited (“Macquarie”). The ISDA Master Agreement is a bilateral agreement between the Company and Macquarie that governs over the counter (“OTC”) derivatives, including forward currency contracts, and contains, among other things, collateral posting terms and netting provisions in the event of a default and/or termination event. The provisions of the ISDA Master Agreement permit a single net payment in the event of a default (close-out netting) or similar event, including the bankruptcy or insolvency of the counterparty.
For
financial reporting purposes, cash collateral that has been pledged to cover obligations of the Company and cash collateral received from Macquarie, if any, is included in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as cash collateral held at broker for forward currency contracts or cash collateral received from broker for forward currency contracts. The Company minimizes counterparty credit risk by only entering into agreements with counterparties that it believes to be of good standing and by monitoring the financial stability of those counterparties.
The
following table is intended to provide additional information about the effect of the forward foreign currency contracts on the financial statements of the Company including: the fair value of derivatives by risk category, the location of those fair values on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, and the Company’s gross and net amount of assets and liabilities available for offset under netting arrangements as well as any related collateral received or pledged by the Company as of September 30, 2022 and September
30, 2021.
Unrealized appreciation on forward currency contracts
Unrealized depreciation on forward currency contracts
Net amounts presented in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
Collateral (Received)
Pledged (1)
Net Amount (2)
Macquarie Bank Limited
Foreign exchange
$
855
$
(542)
$
313
$
—
$
313
(1)In
some instances, the actual collateral pledged may be more than the amount shown due to overcollateralization.
(2)Represents the net amount due from/(to) counterparties in the event of default.
The impact of derivative transactions for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020 on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, including realized and unrealized gains (losses) is summarized in the table below:
Realized
gain (loss) on forward currency contracts recognized in income
The following table is a summary of the average outstanding daily volume for forward currency contracts for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
Exclusion
of the Investment Adviser from Commodity Pool Operator Definition
Engaging in commodity interest transactions such as swap transactions or futures contracts for the Company may cause the Investment Adviser to fall within the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) and related Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) regulations. The Investment Adviser has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA and the CFTC regulations in connection with its management of the Company and, therefore, is not subject to CFTC
registration or regulation under the CEA as a commodity pool operator with respect to its management of the Company.
Note 7. Fair Value Measurements
The Company follows ASC Topic 820 for measuring fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters, or derived from such prices or
parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation models involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the assets or liabilities or market and the assets’ or liabilities’ complexity. The Company’s fair value analysis includes an analysis of the value of any unfunded loan commitments. Assets and liabilities are categorized for disclosure purposes based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. The valuation hierarchical levels are based upon the transparency of the inputs to the valuation of the asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2: Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and inputs that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3: Inputs include significant unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the assets or liabilities. The inputs into the determination of fair value are based upon the best information available and require significant management judgment or estimation.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an asset’s or a liability’s
categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. The Company assesses the levels of assets and liabilities at each measurement date, and transfers between levels are recognized on the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfers. There were no transfers among Level 1, 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. The following section
describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure different assets and liabilities at fair value and includes the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the assets and liabilities are categorized.
Level
1 investments are valued using quoted market prices. Level 2 investments are valued using market consensus prices that are corroborated by observable market data and quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities. Level 3 investments are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board, based on input of management, the audit committee and independent valuation firms that have been engaged at the direction of the Board to assist in the valuation of each portfolio investment without a readily available market quotation at least once during a trailing twelve-month period under a valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process. This valuation process is conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with approximately 25% (based on the number of portfolio companies) of the Company’s valuations of debt and equity investments without readily available market
quotations subject to review by an independent valuation firm. All investments as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, with the exception of money market funds included in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents (Level 1 investments) and forward currency contracts (Level 2 investments), were valued using Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy.
When determining fair value of Level 3 debt and equity investments, the Company takes into account the following factors, where relevant: the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s
ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons to publicly traded securities, and changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that affect the price at which similar investments are made and other relevant factors. The primary method for determining enterprise value uses a multiple analysis whereby appropriate multiples are applied to the portfolio company’s net income before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). A portfolio company’s EBITDA can include pro-forma adjustments for items such as acquisitions, divestitures, or expense reductions. The enterprise value analysis is performed to determine the value of equity investments and to determine if debt investments are credit impaired. If debt investments are credit impaired, the
Company will use the enterprise value analysis or a liquidation basis analysis to determine fair value. For debt investments that are not determined to be credit impaired, the Company uses a market interest rate yield analysis to determine fair value.
In addition, for certain debt investments, the Company bases its valuation on indicative bid and ask prices provided by an independent third-party pricing service. Bid prices reflect the highest price that the Company and others may be willing to pay. Ask prices represent the lowest price that the Company
and others may be willing to accept. The Company generally uses the midpoint of the bid/ask range as its best estimate of fair value of such investment.
Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of Level 3 investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that are ultimately received or settled. Further, such investments are generally subject to legal and other restrictions or otherwise are less liquid than publicly traded instruments. If the Company were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a
forced or liquidation sale, the Company could realize significantly less than the value at which such investment had previously been recorded.
The Company’s investments are subject to market risk. Market risk is the potential for changes in the value due to market changes. Market risk is directly impacted by the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the investments are traded.
The following tables present fair value measurements of the Company’s investments and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value as of September 30, 2022 and 2021:
(1)Refer
to the Consolidated Schedules of Investments for further details.
(2)Included in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
The net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020 reported within the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and foreign currency translation in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations attributable to the Company’s Level 3 assets held as of September
30, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was ($43,698), $19,991 and ($9,899), respectively.
The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs of the Company’s Level 3 investments as of September 30, 2022 and 2021:
Quantitative
information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
(1)Unobservable inputs were weighted by the relative fair value of the instruments.
(2)$2,015 of loans at fair value were valued using the market comparable companies approach only.
(3)$3,656
of loans at fair value were valued using the market comparable companies approach only.
(4)The Company valued $1,658,559 and $273,063 of one stop loans using EBITDA and revenue multiples, respectively. All one stop loans were also valued using the market rate approach.
(5)The Company valued $111,168 and $12,919 of equity investments using EBITDA and revenue multiples, respectively.
(1)Unobservable inputs were weighted by the relative fair value of the instruments.
(2)The Company valued $928,408 and $201,795 of one stop loans using EBITDA and revenue multiples, respectively. All one stop loans were also valued using
the market rate approach.
(3)The Company valued $11,121 and $2 of subordinated debt and second lien loans using EBITDA and revenue multiples, respectively. All subordinated debt and second lien loans were also valued using the market rate approach.
(4)The Company valued $31,946 and $7,786 of equity investments using EBITDA and revenue multiples, respectively.
The above tables are not intended to be all-inclusive but rather to provide information on significant unobservable inputs and valuation techniques used by the Company.
The
significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s debt and equity investments are EBITDA multiples, revenue multiples and market interest rates. The Company uses EBITDA multiples and, to a lesser extent, revenue multiples on its debt and equity investments to determine any credit gains or losses. Increases or decreases in either of these inputs in isolation would have resulted in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. The Company uses market interest rates for loans to determine if the effective yield on a loan is commensurate with the market yields for that type of loan. If a loan’s effective yield was significantly less than the market yield for a similar loan
with a similar credit profile, then the resulting fair value of the loan may have been lower.
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities
ASC Topic 820 requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments for which it is practical to estimate such value. As a result, with the exception of the line item titled “debt” which is reported at cost, all assets and liabilities approximate fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition due to their short maturity. Fair value of the Company’s debt is estimated using Level 3 inputs by discounting remaining payments using applicable implied market rates.
In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, the Company is currently allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. The Company
has not sought or obtained any approval necessary to be subject to the reduced asset coverage requirements available to BDCs pursuant to Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, which permits a BDC to have asset coverage of 150%, or a ratio of total consolidated assets to outstanding indebtedness of 2:1 as compared to a maximum of 1:1 under the 200% asset coverage requirement under the 1940 Act. As of September 30, 2022, the Company’s asset coverage for borrowed amounts was 212.7%.
2022 Debt Securitization: On January 25, 2022, the Company completed a $401,750 asset-backed
securitization (the “2022 Debt Securitization”). Asset-backed securitizations are a form of secured financing incurred by a subsidiary of the Company, which is controlled by the Company and subject to its overall asset coverage requirement. The notes offered in the 2022 Debt Securitization were issued by the 2022 Issuer and are backed by a diversified portfolio of senior secured loans. The notes offered in the 2022 Debt Securitization consist of $252,000 of Class A Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes, which bear interest at a benchmark interest rate, which will be based on three-month term SOFR, plus 2.00% (the “Secured 2022 Notes”) and $149,750 of Subordinated Notes, which do not bear interest
(the “Subordinated 2022 Notes” and, together with the Secured 2022 Notes, the “2022 Notes”). The Secured 2022 Notes were issued through a private placement through Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. The Company indirectly retained all of the Subordinated 2022 Notes, and the Subordinated 2022 Notes were eliminated in consolidation. The Secured 2022 Notes are included in the September 30, 2022 Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as debt of the Company.
Through January 25, 2024, all principal collections received on the underlying collateral may be used by the 2022 Issuer to purchase new collateral under the direction of
the Investment Adviser, in its capacity as collateral manager of the 2022 Issuer, in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy and subject to customary conditions set forth in the documents governing the 2022 Debt Securitization, allowing the Company to maintain the initial leverage in the 2022 Debt Securitization. The Secured 2022 Notes are due on January 18, 2030. The Subordinated 2022 Notes are due on January 25, 2122.
As of September 30, 2022, there were 54 portfolio companies with a total fair value of $393,878 securing the 2022 Debt Securitization. The pool of loans in the 2022 Debt Securitization must meet certain requirements,
including asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.
The three-month term SOFR rate in effect as of September 30, 2022 based on the last interest rate reset was 2.5%. For the year ended September 30, 2022, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest, average interest rates and average outstanding balances for the 2022 Debt Securitization were as follows:
As of September 30, 2022, the class, amount, rating and interest rate (expressed as a spread to three-month term SOFR, as applicable) of the 2022 Debt Securitization was as follows:
Description
Secured
2022 Notes
Type
Senior Secured Floating Rate
Amount Outstanding
$252,000
Kroll Bond Rating Agency Rating
A
Interest Rate
SOFR + 2.0%
2021 Debt Securitization: On March 11, 2021, the Company completed a $398,900 term
debt securitization (the “2021 Debt Securitization”). Term debt securitizations are also known as collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs. Term debt securitizations are a form of secured financing incurred by the Company, which are consolidated by the Company and subject to the overall asset coverage requirement. The notes offered in the 2021 Debt Securitization (the “2021 Notes”) were issued by the 2021 Issuer and are backed by a diversified portfolio of senior secured and second lien loans. The 2021 Notes offered in the 2021 Debt Securitization consist of $224,000 of AAA Class A 2021 Notes, which bear interest at the three-month LIBOR plus 1.60%; $28,000 of AA Class B 2021 Notes, which bear interest at the three-month LIBOR plus 1.85%; $36,000 of A Class C-1 2021 Notes, which bear
interest at the three-month LIBOR plus 2.80%; $10,000 A Class C-2 2021 Notes, which bear interest at 3.91%; up to $28,000 of BBB- Class D 2021 Notes, which were unfunded on the closing date of the 2021 Debt Securitization and which, if funded, will bear interest at the three-month LIBOR plus a spread set in connection with the funding date but which in no event will be greater than 5.00% (the Class D 2021 Notes, together with the Class A 2021 Notes, the Class B 2021 Notes, the Class C-1 2021 Notes and the Class C-2 2021 Notes are referred to as the “Secured 2021 Notes”); and approximately $100,900 of Subordinated 2021 Notes, which do not bear interest. The Class A 2021 Notes, the Class B 2021 Notes, the Class C-1 2021 Notes, and the Class C-2 2021 Notes were issued through a private placement through Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. The Company indirectly retained all of the Class
D 2021 Notes and Subordinated 2021 Notes which were eliminated in consolidation. The Class A, Class B, Class C-1, and Class C-2 2021 Notes are included in the September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021 Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as debt of the Company.
Through April 15, 2025, all principal collections received on the underlying collateral may be used by the 2021 Issuer to purchase new collateral under the direction of the Investment Adviser, in its capacity as collateral manager of the 2021 Issuer, in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy and subject to customary
conditions set forth in the documents governing the 2021 Debt Securitization, allowing the Company to maintain the initial leverage in the 2021 Debt Securitization. The Secured 2021 Notes are due on April 15, 2033. The Subordinated 2021 Notes are due in 2121.
As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, there were 75 and 77 portfolio companies, respectively, with total fair value of $391,731 and $392,435, respectively, securing the 2021 Notes. The pool of loans in the 2021 Debt Securitization must meet certain requirements, including asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.
The interest charged under the 2021 Debt Securitization is based on three-month LIBOR. The three-month LIBOR in effect as of September 30, 2022 based on the last interest rate reset was 2.5%. For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the components of interest expense, cash paid for interest, average interest rates
and average outstanding balances for the 2021 Debt Securitization were as follows:
As
of September 30, 2022, the classes, amounts, ratings and interest rates (expressed as a spread to three-month LIBOR, as applicable) of the Class A 2021 Notes, Class B 2021 Notes, Class C-1 2021 Notes and the Class C-2 2021 Notes were as follows:
Description
Class A 2021 Notes
Class
B 2021 Notes
Class C-1 2021 Notes
Class C-2 2021 Notes
Type
Senior Secured Floating Rate
Senior Secured Floating Rate
Senior Secured Floating Rate
Senior Secured Floating Rate
Amount Outstanding
$224,000
$28,000
$36,000
$10,000
S&P
Rating
"AAA"
"AA"
"A"
"A"
Interest Rate
LIBOR + 1.60%
LIBOR + 1.85%
LIBOR + 2.80%
3.91%
The Investment Adviser serves as collateral manager to the 2021 Issuer and 2022 Issuer under separate collateral management
agreements and receives a fee for providing these services. The total fees payable by the Company under the Investment Advisory Agreement are reduced by an amount equal to the total aggregate fees paid to the Investment Adviser by the 2021 Issuer and the 2022 Issuer for rendering such collateral management services.
Adviser Revolver: On October 2, 2017, the Company entered into the Adviser Revolver with the Investment Adviser, with a maximum credit limit of $40,000 and expiration date of October 2, 2020. On June 28, 2019, the
Company and the Investment Adviser amended the Adviser Revolver to increase the borrowing capacity from $40,000 to $100,000. On August 15, 2019, the Company and the Investment Adviser entered into a second amendment to the Adviser Revolver to increase the borrowing capacity from $100,000 to $125,000. On October 28, 2019, the Company entered into a third amendment to the Adviser Revolver, which decreased the borrowing capacity from $125,000 to $40,000. On October 1, 2020, the Company entered into a fourth amendment to the Adviser Revolver, which extended the maturity
date of the Adviser Revolver from October 2, 2020 to September 29, 2023. Other material terms of the Adviser Revolver were unchanged. The Adviser Revolver bears interest at a rate equal to the short-term Applicable Federal Rate (“AFR”). The short-term AFR as of September 30, 2022 was 3.0%. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company had no outstanding debt under the Adviser Revolver.
For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the stated interest expense, cash paid for interest expense, average stated interest rates and average outstanding balances for the Adviser Revolver were as follows:
SB Revolver: On February 4, 2019, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement (as amended, the “SB
Revolver”) with Signature Bank (“SB”), as administrative agent and a lender, which allowed the Company to borrow up to $175,000 at any one time outstanding, subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions, with a stated maturity date of February 4, 2021. On April 8, 2019, the Company entered into an amendment to the SB Revolver with SB which increased the borrowing capacity under the SB Revolver to $225,000 from $175,000. Other material terms of the SB Revolver were unchanged. On May 31, 2019, the Company amended the SB Revolver to permit borrowings
in foreign currencies. On February 7, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to the SB Revolver, which increased the borrowing capacity under the SB Revolver to $275,000 from $225,000, and increased the borrowing base against which the Company may borrow through April 7, 2020, after which the borrowing base reverts to the terms applicable to the Company prior to the February 7, 2020 amendment. On February 4, 2021, the
Company entered into an amendment on the SB Revolver to, among other things, extend the stated maturity to February 4, 2022, amend the interest rate on borrowings, amend the non-usage fee to a rate of 0.25% per annum on the unused portion of the SB Revolver, amend the fee payable if the Company requests to extend the maturity date of the SB Revolver to 0.25% of the commitments under the SB Revolver as of the date the Company receives notice of such extension, including the fee payable in connection with the extension contemplated by the amendment executed on February 4, 2021, and amend the fee payable by the Company
if the Company exercises its right to request an increase in the maximum commitments under the SB Revolver upon satisfaction of certain conditions to 0.25% of such increased or new commitment, with each of the extension and commitment fees subject to pro-ration in accordance with the terms of the SB Revolver. On November 19, 2021, the Company provided written notice to Signature Bank of its intent to reduce the maximum borrowings permitted under the SB Revolver to $180,000 at any one time outstanding, subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions, effective November 26, 2021. On February 4, 2022, the
Company entered into an amendment on the SB Revolver to extend the stated maturity date from February 4, 2022 to March 4, 2022. On March 3, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment on the SB Revolver to, among other things, extend the stated maturity to February 4, 2023, amend the interest rate on borrowings and include an annualized fee payable on the closing date of the amendment equal to 0.25% of the commitments of the SB Revolver as of March 3, 2022 subject to pro-ration in accordance with the terms of the SB Revolver. On July 6, 2022, the
Company entered into an amendment on the SB Revolver to, among other things, decrease the borrowing capacity under the SB Revolver to $150,000 and increase the borrowing base against which the Company may borrow. On September 6, 2022, the Company provided written notice to SB of their intent to reduce the maximum borrowings permitted under the revolving credit agreement with SB to $100,000 from $150,000 at any one time outstanding, subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions. The other terms of the SB Revolver were not changed. Such reduction in the maximum borrowings permitted under the SB Revolver pursuant to the written notice was effective as of September 13, 2022. As
of September 30, 2022, the Company could borrow up to $100,000 under the SB Revolver.
The SB Revolver bears interest at a rate, at the Company’s election, of either the one-month term SOFR for the applicable interest period plus 1.70% and a spread adjustment of 0.10% or the prime rate minus 1.20%. The revolving period under the SB Revolver will continue through February 4, 2023. Prior to March 3, 2022, the SB Revolver bore interest at a rate, at the
Company’s election, of either the one-, two- or three-month LIBOR plus 1.70% per annum or the prime rate minus 1.20%, as calculated under the SB Revolver. The SB Revolver is secured by the unfunded commitments of stockholders of the Company, collateral accounts and the proceeds of the foregoing. In addition to the stated interest rate on the SB Revolver, the Company is required to pay a non-usage fee
For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the stated interest expense, cash paid for
interest expense, average interest rates and average outstanding balances for the SB Revolver were as follows:
DB Credit Facility: On September 10, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), the Company and GBDC 3 Funding, entered into a loan financing and servicing agreement
(the “DB Credit Facility”), with the Company, as equity holder and as servicer, the lenders from time to time parties thereto, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as facility agent, the other agents parties thereto, each of the entities from time to time party thereto as securitization subsidiaries and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent and as collateral custodian. The period during which GBDC 3 Funding may request drawdowns under the DB Credit Facility (the “Revolving Period”) commenced on the Effective Date and will continue through March 10, 2023 unless there is an earlier termination or event of default. The DB Credit Facility will mature on the earliest of (i) three years from the last day of the Revolving
Period, (ii) the date on which the Company ceases to exist or (iii) the occurrence of an event of default. On September 21, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment on the DB Credit Facility to, among other things, change the base rate under the DB Credit Facility for borrowings denominated in U.K. pound sterling (“GBP”) from a LIBOR-based rate to the daily simple Sterling Overnight Index Average subject to certain adjustments. On October 29, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment on the DB Credit Facility to, among other things, increase the borrowing capacity thereunder up
to an aggregate of $450,000. On June 24, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment on the DB Credit Facility to, among other things, increase the borrowing capacity thereunder up to an aggregate of $750,000, amend the interest rate at which borrowings are made to the applicable base rate plus 2.15% during the Revolving Period, and 2.40% after the Revolving Period, replace LIBOR with the three-month term SOFR as an applicable base rate and included an annualized fee payable on the closing date of the amendment equal to 0.90% of the increase in the commitments of the DB Credit Facility as of June 24, 2022 subject to pro-ration in accordance with the terms of the DB Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2022, the
DB Credit Facility allowed GBDC 3 Funding to borrow up to $750,000, subject to leverage and borrowing base restrictions.
As of September 30, 2022, the DB Credit Facility bears interest at the applicable base rate plus 2.15% per annum. The base rate under the DB Credit Facility is (i) the three-month Canadian Dollar Offered Rate with respect to any advances denominated in Canadian dollars, (ii) the three-month EURIBOR with respect to any advances denominated in euros, (iii) the three-month Bank Bill Swap Rate with respect to any advances denominated in Australian dollars, (iv) the daily simple Sterling Overnight Index Average with respect to any advances denominated U.K. pound sterling and (v) the three-month term SOFR with respect to any other advances. A syndication/agent
fee is payable to the facility agent each quarter and is calculated based on the aggregate commitments outstanding each day during the preceding collection period at a rate of 1/360 of 0.25% of the aggregate commitments on each day. In addition, a non-usage fee of 0.25% per annum is payable on the undrawn amount under the DB Credit Facility, and, during the Revolving Period, an additional fee based on unfunded commitments of the lenders may be payable if borrowings under the DB Credit Facility do not exceed a minimum utilization percentage threshold. A prepayment fee would be payable in the event of any permanent reduction in commitments of the DB Credit Facility in the
amount of 0.50% or 0.25% of the amount of the reduction during the first or second year after the Effective Date, respectively.
The DB Credit Facility is secured by all of the assets held by GBDC 3 Funding. GBDC 3 Funding has made customary representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. The borrowings of the
Company, including under the DB Credit Facility, are subject to the leverage restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.
The Company transfers certain loans and debt securities it has originated or acquired from time to time to GBDC 3 Funding through a purchase and sale agreement and causes GBDC 3 Funding to originate or acquire loans, consistent with the Company’s investment objectives.
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company had outstanding debt under the DB Credit Facility
of $468,992 and $156,006, respectively.
For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the stated interest expense, cash paid for interest expense, average interest rates and average outstanding balances for the DB Credit Facility were as follows:
Other
Short-Term Borrowings: Borrowings with original maturities of less than one year are classified as short-term. The Company’s short-term borrowings are the result of investments that were sold under repurchase agreements. Investments sold under repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized borrowings as the sale of the investment does not qualify for sale accounting under ASC Topic 860 and remains as an investment on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
For
the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the stated interest expense, cash paid for interest expense, average interest rates and average outstanding balances for short-term borrowings were as follows:
For the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the average total debt outstanding was $980,605, $504,152, and $365,561, respectively.
For the
years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the effective average interest rate, which includes amortization of debt financing costs and non-usage facility fees, on the Company's total debt was 3.5%, 2.6% and 3.4%, respectively.
The
Company has elected to be treated and intends to be subject to tax as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a result, the Company must distribute substantially all of its net taxable income each tax year as dividends to its stockholders. Accordingly, no provision for federal income tax has been made in the financial statements.
Dividends from net investment income and distributions from net realized capital gains are determined in accordance with U.S. federal tax regulations, which may differ from amounts determined in accordance with GAAP and those differences could be material. These book-to-tax differences are either temporary or permanent in nature. Reclassifications due to permanent book-tax differences have no impact on net assets.
The
following permanent differences were reclassified for tax purposes among the components of net assets for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
Increase/(decrease)
in Paid in Capital in Excess of Par
$
(4)
$
(7)
$
—
*
Increase/(decrease) in Distributable Earnings (Losses)
4
7
—
*
*Represents
an amount less than $1.
Taxable income generally differs from net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations for financial reporting purposes due to temporary and permanent differences in the recognition of income and expenses and generally excludes unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment transactions as investment gains and losses are not included in taxable income until they are realized.
The following table reconciles net increase in net assets resulting from operations to taxable income for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
The
tax basis components of distributable earnings/(accumulated losses) and reconciliation to accumulated earnings/(deficit) on a book basis for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments
(24,243)
18,524
(4,682)
Other
temporary differences
(499)
(15,339)
(830)
Total accumulated earnings (loss) – book basis
$
(6,213)
$
3,171
$
(356)
Capital losses in excess of capital gains earned in a tax year may
generally be carried forward and used to offset capital gains, subject to certain limitations. Capital losses incurred by the Company are not subject to expiration and retain their character as either short-term or long-term capital losses. As of September 30, 2022, the Company estimates that it will not have a capital loss carryforward available for use in subsequent tax years.
For tax purposes, the Company may elect to defer any portion of a post-October capital loss or late-year ordinary loss to the first day of the following fiscal year. As of September
30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, the Company elected to defer $0 and $1,107 of ordinary losses, respectively. The Company did not elect to defer any short-term capital losses and long-term capital losses as of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021, respectively. For the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company elected to defer $657 of long-term capital losses.
For the tax year ended September
30, 2022, the Company estimates taxable income in excess of the distributions made from such taxable income during the tax year, and therefore, the Company has elected to carry forward the excess for distribution to stockholders in 2023. The amount carried forward to 2023 is estimated to be approximately $16,320 of ordinary income, and $2,209 of long term capital gain, although these amounts will not be finalized until the 2022 tax returns are filed in 2023.
As of September 30, 2022, the federal tax cost of investments was $2,348,048 resulting in estimated gross unrealized gains and losses of $26,569 and $58,514, respectively.
Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies
Commitments:
As of September 30, 2022, the Company had outstanding commitments to fund investments totaling $308,133, including $23,951 of commitments on undrawn revolvers. As of September 30, 2021, the Company had outstanding commitments to fund investments totaling $180,385, including $17,352 of commitments on undrawn revolvers.
Indemnifications: In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements
that contain a variety of representations and warranties that provide general indemnifications. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as these involve future claims against the Company that have not occurred. The Company expects the risk of any future obligations under these indemnifications to be remote.
Off-balance sheet risk: Off-balance sheet risk refers to an unrecorded potential liability that may result in a future obligation or loss, even though it does not appear on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The
Company has entered and, in the future, may enter into derivative instruments that contain elements of off-balance sheet market and credit risk. Refer to Note 6 for outstanding forward currency contracts as of September 30, 2022, and September 30, 2021. Derivative instruments can be affected by market conditions, such as foreign currency volatility, which could impact the fair value of the derivative instruments. If market conditions move against the Company, it may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any derivative instruments and may realize a loss. The Company minimizes market risk through monitoring
its investments and borrowings.
Concentration of credit and counterparty risk: Credit risk arises primarily from the potential inability of counterparties to perform in accordance with the terms of the contract. The Company has engaged, and in the future may engage again, in derivative transactions with counterparties. In the event that the counterparties do not fulfill their obligations, the Company may be exposed to risk. The risk of default depends on the creditworthiness of the counterparties or issuers of the instruments. The
Company’s maximum loss that it could incur related to counterparty risk on derivative instruments is the value of the collateral for that respective derivative instrument. It is the Company’s policy to review, as necessary, the credit standing of each counterparty.
Legal proceedings: In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to legal and regulatory proceedings that are generally incidental to its ongoing operations. While there can be no assurance of the ultimate disposition of any such proceedings, the Company does not believe any disposition will have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The
financial highlights for the Company are as follows:
Years
ended September 30,
Per share data:(1)
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Net asset value at beginning of period
$
15.00
$
14.97
$
15.00
$
15.00
$
15.00
Distributions
declared:(2)
From net investment income
(1.04)
(1.52)
(0.86)
(1.42)
(1.47)
From
capital gains
—
(0.03)
(0.00)^
—
—
From return of capital
—
(0.07)
—
—
—
Net
investment income
1.12
1.08
1.22
1.19
1.04
Net realized gain (loss) on investment transactions
0.03
0.01
(0.03)
0.01
—
Net
change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investment transactions(3)
(0.22)
0.56
(0.36)
0.22
0.43
Net asset value at end of period
$
14.89
$
15.00
$
14.97
$
15.00
$
15.00
Total
return based on net asset value per share(4)
6.23
%
11.48
%
5.78
%
9.85
%
10.26
%
Number of common shares outstanding
85,511,291.055
54,297,683.237
35,388,849.466
22,894,689.911
5,815,002.633
Years
ended September 30,
Listed below are supplemental data and ratios to the financial highlights:
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets
7.51
%
7.22
%
8.36
%
7.93
%
6.92
%
Ratio
of total expenses to average net assets
6.98
%
7.08
%
6.71
%
8.37
%
8.21
%
Ratio of management fee waiver to average net assets
(0.70)
%
(0.68)
%
(0.68)
%
(0.64)
%
(0.53)
%
Ratio
of incentive fee waiver to average net assets
(0.04)
%
(0.22)
%
(0.13)
%
(0.39)
%
(0.37)
%
Ratio of professional fees waiver to average net assets
—
%
—
%
—
%
—
%
(0.31)
%
Ratio
of net expenses to average net assets
6.24
%
6.18
%
5.90
%
7.34
%
7.00
%
Ratio of incentive fees to average net assets
0.94
%
1.91
%
0.94
%
2.06
%
1.84
%
Ratio
of total expenses (without incentive fees) to average net assets
6.04
%
5.17
%
5.77
%
6.31
%
6.37
%
Total return based on average net asset value(5)
5.74
%
11.03
%
5.71
%
10.27
%
11.32
%
Net
assets at end of period
$
1,272,918
$
814,465
$
529,617
$
343,420
$
87,225
Average debt outstanding
$
980,605
$
504,152
$
365,561
$
156,352
$
18,946
Average
debt outstanding per share
$
11.47
$
9.28
$
10.33
$
6.83
$
3.26
Portfolio Turnover
13.06
%
27.55
%
16.07
%
5.84
%
14.67
%
Asset
coverage ratio(6)
212.70
%
215.90
%
238.66
%
219.29
%
248.76
%
Asset coverage ratio per unit(7)
$
2,127
$
2,159
$
2,387
$
2,193
$
2,488
Average
market value per unit (8):
SB Revolver
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
DB
Credit Facility
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Adviser Revolver
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2021
Debt Securitization
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2022 Debt Securitization
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Other
short-term borrowings
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
^ Represents an amount less than $0.01 per share.
(1)Based on actual number of shares outstanding at the end of the corresponding period or the weighted average shares outstanding for the period, unless otherwise noted, as appropriate.
(2)The per share data for distributions reflect the amount of distributions paid or payable with a record date during the applicable period.
(3)Includes the impact of different share amounts as a result of calculating certain per share data based on weighted average shares outstanding during the period and certain per share data based on the shares outstanding as of the dividend record date.
(4)Total return based on net asset value per share assumes distributions are reinvested in accordance with the DRIP. Total return does not include sales load.
(5)Total return based on average net asset value is calculated as (a) the net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations divided by (b) the daily average of total net assets.
Total return does not include sales load.
(6)In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, the Company is currently allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing.
(7)Asset coverage ratio per unit is the ratio of the carrying value of our total consolidated assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Asset coverage ratio per unit is expressed in terms of dollar amounts per $1,000 of indebtedness.
(8)Not applicable because such senior securities are not registered for public trading.
Note
12. Earnings Per Share
The following information sets forth the computation of the net increase/(decrease) in net assets per share resulting from operations for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
The Company’s dividends and distributions are recorded on the record date. The following table summarizes the Company’s dividend declarations and distributions with a record date during the years ended September
30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
(1) On May 6, 2022, the Company’s board of directors declared a distribution in an amount equal to the net increase in net assets resulting from operations earned by the Company (if positive) as determined in accordance with GAAP for the period June 1, 2022 through June 30, 2022, per share payable on September 14, 2022, to stockholders of record on June 24, 2022. Due to a net decrease in net assets resulting
from operations for the period June 1, 2022 through June 30, 2022, the distribution declared for the June 2022 earnings period was zero.
(2) On August 5, 2022, the Company’s board of directors declared a distribution in an amount (if positive) such that the net asset value of the Company as of September 30, 2022 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the net increase in net assets resulting from operations earned by the Company
(if positive) as determined in accordance with GAAP for the period August 1, 2022 through September 30, 2022 and the payment of such distribution is $15.00 per share. Due to the net assets resulting from operations for the period August 1, 2022 through September 30, 2022 resulting in a net asset per share less than $15.00 per share, the distribution declared for the period was zero.
(1)
Reflects DRIP shares issued multiplied by the unrounded NAV per share.
Note 14. Subsequent Events
In preparing these financial statements, the Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through the date of issuance. There are no subsequent events to disclose except for the following:
In an amount (if positive) such that the net asset value of the Company as of October 31, 2022 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the net increase in net assets resulting from operations earned by the Company (if positive) as determined in accordance with GAAP for the period October 1, 2022 through October 31, 2022 and the payment of this distribution is $15.00 per share
In an amount (if positive) such that the net asset value of the Company as of January
31, 2023 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the net increase in net assets resulting from operations earned by the Company (if positive) as determined in accordance with GAAP for the period January 1, 2023 through January 31, 2023 and the payment of this distribution is $15.00 per share
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
(a). Evaluation of Controls and Procedures
As of September 30, 2022 (the end of the period covered by this report), management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, concluded that, at the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and provided reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our periodic SEC filings is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that it will detect or uncover failures within the
Company to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Company’s periodic reports. There has not been any change in our internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.
(b) Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting is included in “Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(c)
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
There has not been any change in our internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during our fourth fiscal quarter of 2022 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating
to our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The
information required by Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.
The information required by Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.
PART IV
Item 15: Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
The
following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
(1)
Financial Statements — Refer to Item 8 starting on page 108
First Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of April
8, 2019, by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., as the borrower, and Signature Bank, as the administrative agent and a lender (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 814-01244), filed on April 9, 2019).
Second Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of May
31, 2019, by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., as the borrower, and Signature Bank, as the administrative agent and a lender (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 814-01244), filed on August 13, 2019).
First Amendment to Revolving Loan Agreement, dated as of June
28, 2019, by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., as the borrower, and GC Advisors LLC, as the lender (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on July 3, 2019).
Loan Financing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2019, by and among GBDC 3 Funding LLC,
as borrower, Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., as equityholder and as servicer, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as facility agent, the other agents parties thereto, each of the entities from time to time party thereto as securitization subsidiaries, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent and as collateral custodian (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on September 12, 2019).
Third Amendment to Revolving Credit
and Security Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2020, by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc. and GBDC 3 Funding LLC, as borrowers, and Signature Bank, as administrative agent and a lender (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on February 13, 2020).
Collateral Management
Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2021, entered into by and among Golub Capital BDC 3 , Inc. and Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 LLC, as Issuer and GC Advisors LLC, as Collateral Manager (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on March 17, 2021).
Master
Loan Sale Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2021, entered into by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., as Seller, GC Advisors LLC, as Closing Date Seller, Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 LLC, as Buyer and GBDC 3 Funding LLC, as Warehouse Buyer (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on March 17, 2021).
Master Loan Sale Agreement, dated as of March
11, 2021, entered into by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., as Seller, Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 Depositor LLC, as Intermediate Seller, and Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 LLC, as Buyer (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on March 17, 2021).
Fourth Amendment, dated as of February
4, 2021, to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, entered into by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc. and GBDC 3 Funding II LLC, as borrowers, and Signature Bank, as the administrative agent and a lender (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on February 5, 2021).
Note Purchase Agreement,
dated as of March 11, 2021, entered into by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc. and Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 LLC, as borrowers, and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., as the administrative agent and a lender (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on March 17, 2021).
Collateral
Management Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2021, entered into by and among Golub Capital BDC 3 , Inc. and Golub Capital BDC 3 CLO 1 LLC, as Issuer and GC Advisors LLC, as Collateral Manager (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on March 17, 2021).
Amendment No. 2 to Loan Financing and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2021, among GBDC 3 Funding LLC, as borrower, Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., as servicer, and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as facility agent, as agent and as a committed lender. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244). filed on November 3, 2021).
Sixth
Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2022, by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc. and GBDC 3 Funding II LLC, as borrowers, and Signature Bank, as administrative agent and a lender.*
Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2022, by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc. and GBDC 3 Funding II LLC, as borrowers, and Signature Bank, as administrative agent and a lender. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on February 10, 2022).
Master Loan Sale Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2022, by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., as the Seller, GC Advisors LLC, as the Closing Date Seller, Golub Capital BDC 3 ABS 2022-1 LLC, as the Buyer, and Golub Capital 3 Holdings LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on January 28, 2022).
Master
Loan Sale Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2022, by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., as the Seller, Golub Capital BDC 3 ABS 2022-1 Depositor LLC, as the Intermediate Seller, Golub Capital BDC 3 ABS 2022-1 LLC, as the Buyer, and GBDC 3 Funding LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on January 28, 2022).
Amendment
No. 4 to Loan Financing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2022, among GBDC 3 Funding LLC, as borrower, Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., as servicer, and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as facility agent, as agent and as a committed lender. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on June 27, 2022).
Seventh
Amendment to Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2022, by and among Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc. and GBDC 3 Funding II LLC, as borrowers, and Signature Bank, as administrative agent and a lender. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01244), filed on July 6, 2022).
Certification
of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes
and appoints Lawrence E. Golub, David B. Golub and Christopher C. Ericson as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
